richmahn_en_tn/tn_GEN.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	d9wn				0	# Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction:\n\nIn the book of Genesis, God communicates to all people the early history of the universe. He begins with how he created everything from nothing, including the earth and all the heavenly bodies (sun, moon, stars), all the plants and animals, and especially how he created human beings in his image to be in a relationship with him. This book also explains how sin and death came into the world and what God’s plan is to save people from that. In fact, all the important teachings in the Bible begin in Genesis. That makes this book **foundational** and important for everyone so that they can know and understand the truth about God and his plan for their lives.\n\nBeginning with verse 1, the book of Genesis is a **narrative** that tells the history of events that actually happened. This is confirmed by the fact that the conjunctions and the forms of the verbs that are used in the Hebrew text reflect the Hebrew narrative style, which is used to narrate historical accounts. In the same way, those who translate the book of Genesis should also use grammatical structures in their languages that are used for true, historical narratives. God uses narrative, which is one of the most interesting styles of communication, to not only tell people about the events in the early history of the world, but also to teach them about himself and about the way he interacts with people as their loving Creator.\n\nGenesis provides the **vital context** for the rest of God’s Word, especially the gospel message about Jesus, and so it helps people to understand their need for him to be their Savior. In fact, without Genesis, it would not be clear why everyone needs to trust in Jesus as the only one who can save them from sin and its consequences, so that they can associate with God and be part of his eternal family.\n\nIn light of all that, Genesis should be one of the first books of the Bible that is translated into every language that needs a translation. May God guide and bless you and your translation team as you undertake this important task together by his power.\n\n### Author and Date of Writing:\n\nMoses was the human author of the first five books of the Bible, including the book of Genesis (Exodus 24:3-4; Deuteronomy 31:9, 24; John 1:45). The Holy Spirit is the one who inspired what Moses wrote in those books (2 Peter 1:21), so ultimately God is the author, and these books are part of his Message to mankind. Those five books are sometimes referred to as the Torah (a Hebrew word that means “teaching,” “instruction,” or “law”) or the Pentateuch (a Greek word that means “five books”). In the New Testament this set of books is also referred to as “the Law” (John 1:45) or “the Law of Moses” (Acts 28:23), and Jesus himself affirmed that Moses wrote them (John 5:46-47; 7:23).\n\nMoses was born in the country of Egypt around 1526 B.C. (Exodus 2:1-10). According to the genealogies in Genesis, his birth was about 1,000 years after the Flood (which was about 1,650 years after creation). Moses may have written much of the Pentateuch during the forty years that he led the people of Israel as they wandered in the wilderness (around 1446 B.C.—1406 B.C.).\n\nThe very first verse in Genesis assumes that God (the author guiding the human author) has always existed and that he has no beginning and no end (also see Genesis 21:33; Deuteronomy 33:27; Psalm 90:2). He uses his personal name “Yahweh” for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The name “Yahweh” means “he is” and indicates that God is eternal. His name also means that he is unchanging and that he is always present.\n\n### Book Outline:\n\nIn all, Genesis covers a span of about 2200 years of history. After the world’s early history, the rest of Genesis tells about the ancestors of God’s people, with special focus on Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph (and their families). Genealogies are an important part of what ties the book together from beginning to end.\n\nThe following outline shows these two main divisions in the book of Genesis: (1) Early World History, and (2) The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People. Those two divisions each have roughly four main subdivisions, which are based on four key events (in the first division) and four key ancestors (in the second division). Some scholars prefer to divide the book up into ten divisions that are introduced by the Hebrew phrase that means “these are the generations of...” In the outline below, **asterisks** mark the sections that contain that phrase.\n\nThese are the verses that have the Hebrew phrase “these are the generations of...”: Genesis 2:4 (heavens and earth), 5:1 (Adam); 6:9 (Noah); 10:1, 32 (sons of Noah); 11:10 (Shem); 11:27 (Terah); 25:12 (Ishmael); 25:19 (Isaac); 36:1, 9 (Esau); 37:2 (Jacob).\n\n**Bolded words** in the outline show which sections contain promises and covenants from God and also mark who the main ancestors were in the various sub-divisions.\n\n**Division 1:** Early World History\n\nCreation\n- God creates the universe and everything in it (1:1-2:3)\n- Adam and Eve and the Garden of Eden (2:4-25)\\*\n\nThe Fall\n- The first sin and God’s judgment; prophecy of Christ (3:1-24) - **promise**\n- Cain and Abel: the first murder; Cain’s descendants (4:1-26)\n- The descendants of Adam to Noah (5:1-32)\\*\n\nThe Flood\n- God destroys the world with a flood, puts rainbow in the sky - **covenant** (6:1-9:17)\\*\n- Noah curses his son Ham and his grandson Canaan, blesses other sons (9:18-27)\n- The descendants of Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth (10:1-32)\\*\\*\n\nTower of Babel\n- Mankind rebels against God at Babel, so God creates many different languages and scatters the people over the earth (11:1-9)\n\n**Division 2:** The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People\n\nThe history about **Abraham** [Genesis 11:10-25:11]\n- The descendants of Shem to Abram (11:10-26)\\*\n- Terah and his three sons’ families in Haran; Terah dies (11:27-32)\\*\n- Abram travels to Canaan with Sarai and his nephew Lot (12:1-9) - **promise**\n- Abram lies about Sarai to Pharaoh, king of Egypt (12:10-20)\n- Back in the Negev Desert, Abram and Lot part ways (13:1-18) - **promise**\n- War of the kings; Abram rescues Lot and the other citizens of Sodom (14:1-17)\n- Melchizedek blesses Abram; Abram refuses bounty from king of Sodom (14:18-24)\n- God’s **covenant** with Abram (15:1-21) - **promise**\n- Hagar and Ishmael (16:1-16)\n- New names: Abraham and Sarah; **covenant** of circumcision (17:1-27) - **promise**\n- Three men visit Abram, Yahweh renews promise, Sarah laughs (18:1-15) - **promise**\n- Abram pleads with Yahweh to spare Sodom (18:16-33)\n- Lot and two daughters escape destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (19:1-29)\n- Lot’s grandsons: the ancestors of the Moabites and Ammonites (19:30-38)\n- Abraham lies about Sarah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (20:1-18)\n- Isaac is born to Sarah; Ishmael grows up in the desert (21:1-21)\n- Abraham makes a treaty with King Abimelech at Beersheba (21:22-34)\n- God tests Abraham by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac (22:1-19) - **promise**\n- Sarah dies and Abraham buys burial property in the land of Canaan (23:1-20)\n- God provides Rebekah as a wife for Isaac (24:1-67)\n- Abraham’s descendants by second wife Keturah (25:1-6)\n- Abraham dies and is buried by Isaac and Ishmael (25:7-11)\n\nThe history about **Ishmael** and **Isaac** [Genesis 25:12-35:29]\n- Ishmael’s descendants and his death (25:12-18)\\*\n- Isaac’s sons Esau and Jacob; Esau sells his birthright (25:19-34)\\*\n- Isaac lies about Rebekah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (26:1-22) - **promise**\n- God’s **covenant** with Isaac in Beersheba; treaty with Abimelech (26:23-33)\n\nThe history about **Esau** and **Jacob** [Genesis 26:34-36:43]\n- Jacob steals Esau’s blessing; Esau plans revenge (26:34-27:46)\n- Jacob flees and heads to Haran; stairway to heaven at Bethel (28:1-22) - **promise**\n- Jacob works for Laban to marry his wives Leah and Rachel (29:1-30)\n- Jacob’s wives have eleven sons (29:31-30:24)\n- Jacob becomes wealthy while working for Laban (30:25-43)\n- Jacob and his family flee from Laban; Jacob’s treaty with Laban (31:1-55)\n- Jacob wrestles with God, who names him **Israel** (32:1-32)\n- Jacob and Esau reconcile, and Jacob settles in the city of Shechem (33:1-20)\n- Shechem rapes Dinah, and Jacob’s sons take revenge (34:1-31)\n- God blesses Jacob at Bethel (35:1-15) - **promise**\n- Rachel dies giving birth to Benjamin (35:16-20)\n- List of Jacob’s twelve sons; Isaac dies and is buried by Esau and Jacob (35:16-29)\n- Esau’s descendants, the Edomites (36:1-43)\\*\\*\n\nThe history about **Jacob** and **Joseph** [Genesis 37-50]\n- Jacob’s family; Joseph’s dreams anger his brothers (37:1-11)\\*\n- Joseph sold as a slave and taken to the country of Egypt (37:12-36)\n- **Judah** and his daughter-in-law Tamar have children (38:1-30)\n- Potiphar’s wife falsely accuses Joseph, and he is imprisoned (39:1-23)\n- In the prison, Joseph interprets dreams for Pharaoh’s officials (40:1-23)\n- Joseph interprets Pharaoh’s dreams about famine (41:1-40)\n- As governor over Egypt, Joseph stores up grain; he has two sons (41:41-57)\n- Joseph’s brothers come to Egypt to buy grain, then return to Jacob (42:1-38)\n- All Joseph’s brothers return to Egypt and have a meal with him (43:1-34)\n- Joseph tests his brothers with his silver cup (44:1-17)\n- Judah pleads with Joseph for Benjamin’s freedom (44:18-34)\n- Joseph reveals his identity to his brothers; they give the news to Jacob (45:1-28)\n- Jacob and his family move to Egypt; list of his descendants (46:1-27)\n- Joseph settles Jacob and his family in the land of Goshen (47:1-12)\n- Joseph sells grain to all the people of Egypt (37:13-31)\n- Jacob blesses Joseph’s sons Ephraim and Manasseh (48:1-22)\n- Jacob blesses each of his twelve sons (49:1-28)\n- Jacob’s death (49:29-33)\n- Joseph has his father Jacob embalmed and buries him in Canaan (50:1-14)\n- Joseph reassures his brothers that he has forgiven them (50:15-21)\n- Joseph’s death (Gen 50:22-26)\n\n### Special Formatting:\n\nThe book of Genesis sometimes uses poetic language to emphasize what is being said. Many translations use a special format to identify these passages as poetry by indenting each clause on a new line. Many other translations do not do this, but rather use regular paragraph formatting everywhere, including for poetry. It may be helpful to look at a translation in the national language of your country that uses poetry formatting, to help you decide whether or not you want to do something similar in your translation. Some translations put some of the following passages in poetry format since these verses have certain features of poetry such as parallelisms and metaphors: Genesis 1:27; 2:23; 3:14-16, 17b-19; 4:23-24; 8:22; 9:6, 25-27; 12:2-3; 14:19-20; 15:1; 16:11-12; 24:60; 25:23; 27:27-29, 39-40; 48:15-16, 20; 49:1-27. You may not want to put all these passages in poetry format since some of them have parallelisms that are not necessarily poetry but may just be emphasizing certain events in the narrative or certain points in a prophecy.\n\n### Possible titles for this book:\n\n- “Genesis”\n- “The Book of Genesis”\n- “Genesis: The First Book By Moses”\n- “Genesis: The Book About Beginnings”\n- “The First Book That God's Prophet/Spokesman Moses Wrote: Genesis”\n\nThe English title “Genesis” is a transliteration of a Greek word that means “origin” or “beginning” or “birth”; the ancient Greek translation of the Hebrew scriptures (the Septuagint) uses this word for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The Hebrew title of this book בְּרֵאשִׁית (pronounced “bereshith”) is the first Hebrew word in verse 1 and literally means “In the beginning.” The Latin translation of the Bible (the Latin Vulgate) was the first translation to use the title “The Book of Genesis.” Since that time, many other translations include “Genesis” in the book title because people are familiar with that name. Sometimes as part of the title, translators also include the fact that Moses was the author and that he was inspired by God. Do what is best in your language.
3	1:intro	zb6f				0	# Genesis 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents the first account of God creating the world. There is a pattern to this account: “God said … God saw that it was good … This was evening and morning, the first day.” Translators should preserve this pattern in their versions.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The universe\n\nThis account of creation is told within the framework of ancient Hebrew ideas about the universe: the earth was resting with water around it and below it. Over the earth was something like a vast dome, called “an expanse between the waters” (1:6), on top of which was more water. Translators should try to keep these original images in their work, even though readers in their project language might have a completely different idea of what the universe is like.\n\n### Evening and morning\n\nGenesis 1 presents the ancient Hebrew idea of a day: it begins with sunset, lasts through the night and continues through the daylight hours until the next sunset. This pattern should be preserved in translation, even if readers in the project language define “day” differently.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “God said, ‘Let there be’”\n\nThis expression occurs often in this chapter. It can be difficult to translate, because God is not shown as talking to a particular person. If God is talking to a thing, it is something not yet in existence. Translators should find the most natural way in the project language to signal the idea that God spoke things into existence; he created the world and the things in it by simply commanding that they should exist.
4	1:1	uiu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית	1	“At the beginning {of time/everything}” or “{Everything} began when”. Many Bible scholars think that verse 1 records God’s first act in creating the universe. This is also the traditional, historically held view and fits with the narrative structure of the Hebrew text. It also fits with the wider context of Scriptures which states that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Also, some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than a noun (“beginning”). Do what is best in your language.
5	1:1	b730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Translate the title “God” in a way that refers to the Supreme Being who created everything, who has complete power, who knows everything and is present everywhere. He is the only true God and has always existed.
6	1:1	hmtj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּרָ֣א	1	“made”. In the Hebrew Bible, the verb “create” refers to an activity that only God does, and it often implies (as it does here) that he made something out of nothing. Also, the forms of the verbs in the Hebrew text (and the conjunctions) show that chapter 1 is a narrative that tells about true history and events in the order that things actually happened. Make sure that your translation does the same thing.
7	1:1	bcu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֵ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם	1	“the sky”. This phrase refers here to the region where all the stars and planets would later exist. Keep that in mind as you translate this term.
8	1:1	wgq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers to the planet earth.
9	1:2	qfra			וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	“Now {at first after that,} the earth” or “{At first after that,} the earth”. The author pauses here to describe what the earth was like after God first created it (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the earth” in verse 1.
10	1:2	btmf			הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ	1	It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have {its present} form, and there was nothing {living} on it {yet},” (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which is a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as in the first interpretation).
11	1:2	f7a1			וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם	1	“It was {totally/completely} dark, there was deep {water} {everywhere},” or “There was deep {water} {everywhere} {that was covered/surrounded} in/by {complete/total} darkness,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
12	1:2	rp8q			וְ⁠ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מְרַחֶ֖פֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and God’s Spirit was hovering/moving” (2) “and a wind from God was blowing” (3) “and a powerful wind was blowing”. The first interpretation is most likely, since the Hebrew verb “hovering” does not describe what wind does.
13	1:2	yq4r			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“over the surface of the water.” or “above the waters/water.” Throughout this chapter, the word “waters” is in the plural in the Hebrew text. For some languages it is more natural to use the singular “water”. Do what is best in your language in each context.
14	1:3	kxuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then God commanded,” What God says in verse 3 is a command. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make that explicit in this quote margin.
15	1:3	o0zd			יְהִ֣י א֑וֹר	1	“Let light exist.” or “I command there to be light.” or “I command light to start shining!” This is a command, not permission or a suggestion. It is a direct quote of what God actually said, and it is usually put between quotation marks in a translation. If you use an exclamation mark with this command in your translation, make sure it does not mean or imply that God was angry. Also, the way you translate “light” should refer to what shines from a source of light; it does not refer here to the source itself.
16	1:3	nj3u			וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר	1	“And/So {immediately} there was light.” or “And {so/immediately} light started shining.” Light began to shine immediately as a result of God’s command.
17	1:4	ceam		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Notice that Hebrew frequently uses a conjunction such as “And” or “Then” at the beginning of a sentence. Some languages do not use conjunctions as frequently as Hebrew uses conjunctions. Do what is accurate and natural in your language in each context.
18	1:4	bnvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב	1	“that the light {was} good/excellent.” In the Bible, “good” is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was.
19	1:4	wtmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	In order to produce an accurate and natural translation, it is important in each context to make sure that nouns (such as “God”) and pronouns (such as “he”) are used properly in your language. In the Hebrew text, “God” is repeated frequently in chapter 1 to emphasize him and show that he is in focus. For some languages it is more natural to say “God” only once at the beginning of each paragraph or section, and then use pronouns to refer to him the rest of the time (or most of the time). Throughout chapter 1, do what is best in your language each time that God is referred to.
20	1:4	q3jo			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ	1	“Then God/he separated/divided the light from the darkness {so that each had its own time}.” or “Then God/he caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “Then God/he separated the light from the darkness {so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours}.”
21	1:5	c9yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“Then God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Some languages omit the connecting word “And” or “Then” here. Consider what is the best way in your language to connect this sentence with the previous one.
22	1:5	cc8r			לָ⁠אוֹר֙ י֔וֹם	1	“the light Daytime.” Notice that in this context the word “Day” refers only to the time when the sun is shining, not to the 24-hour time period that makes up a complete day. Make sure that this is clear in your translation. Throughout chapter 1, some translations use quote marks around the names that God gives the different things he created. Do what is best in your language.
23	1:5	if7a			וְ⁠לַ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ קָ֣רָא לָ֑יְלָה	1	“and the darkness he called/named Nighttime.” or “and he called/named the darkness Nighttime.” In the Hebrew text, “the darkness” is first in this clause to emphasize the contrast between the light and the darkness. Consider what is the best way to translate this clause in your language.
24	1:5	xxe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here.
25	1:5	xmx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד	1	“{and that was} day one.” or “{and that was} {the end of} the first day.” Here “day” refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (“one”) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second”, “third”, and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one”, “day two”, and so on). Do what is best in your language.
26	1:6	nesq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
27	1:6	gqae			יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ	1	“Let there be a large/vast space” or “I command there to be a {large/vast} expanse/space” or “I command a large/vast space to form/exist”. The Hebrew word for “expanse” here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated “Let there be” in verse 3.
28	1:6	mscz			בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“in the middle of the water,” See how you translated “waters” in verse 2.
29	1:6	c6kn			מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם	1	“and let it separate/divide the water {above it} from the water {below it}.” or “so that it separates/divides the waters/water into two separate/different places.”
30	1:7	i8t2			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֮	1	“In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verse 7 explains what God’s command in verse 6 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the expanse twice.
31	1:7	dgya			אֶת הָ⁠רָקִיעַ֒	1	“a large/vast space”
32	1:7	c752			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֗ל	1	“and divided” or “and used it to separate/divide”
33	1:7	pidk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ	1	“the water that {was} below the expanse/space from the water that {was} above it.” or “the water that {was} under/below it from the water that {was} above it.” For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (“it”) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language.
34	1:7	xfx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.”
35	1:8	igd0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“and God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here (with or without a conjunction), or to continue the sentence that began at the end of verse 7. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
36	1:8	hh8a			לָֽ⁠רָקִ֖יעַ	1	“the large/vast space”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 7.
37	1:8	n336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	שָׁמָ֑יִם	1	“Sky.” This word probably refers here to the atmosphere above the earth’s surface where clouds are and where birds fly, as well as the space where the sun, moon, and stars are now. See how you translated this term in verse 1.
38	1:8	su1z			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there.
39	1:8	adzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the second day.” or “{and} the second day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day two.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (“second”) here or a cardinal number (“two”).
40	1:9	yc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 3 and 6.
41	1:9	yetc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙	1	“Let the water {that is} under the heavens/sky gather/come together” or “I command the water {that is} below the heavens/sky to gather/come together”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (“be gathered”) or an active form (“gather” or “come”).
42	1:9	as42			אֶל מָק֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	“in one place/area” or “into one area”
43	1:9	g8i2			וְ⁠תֵרָאֶ֖ה הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה	1	“so that there is dry ground/land.” or “so that dry ground/land can be seen.” or “so that land is uncovered and dries off.” The water had been covering the land, so when the water receded from it, the land became exposed and dried off. Make sure that the way you translate “dry ground” does not sound like the land was dry while it was under the water.
44	1:9	gign			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to be/happen}.” See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
45	1:10	eh2f			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“Then God/he called/named”
46	1:10	khag			לַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙	1	“the dry land” or “the ground/land that had dried off”
47	1:10	teai			אֶ֔רֶץ	1	“Ground,” This is the same Hebrew word that is translated as “earth” in verse 1, but here it refers to the dry land or ground (in contrast to the water), and not to the entire planet.
48	1:10	c5av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְוֵ֥ה הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם קָרָ֣א	1	“and the waters/water that he had gathered together he called/named” or “and he called/named the gathered waters” or “and he called/named the waters/water that had gathered/come together”. See how you translated a sentence in verse 5 that is similar in structure to this sentence.
49	1:10	sb47			יַמִּ֑ים	1	“Oceans.” or “Sea/Ocean.” At that time there was probably just one very large body of water and one very large land mass on the earth (as verse 9 indicates). So a singular noun that refers to the largest body of water, such as “Ocean” or “Sea”, could be used here in your translation.
50	1:10	gnuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Decide whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
51	1:10	hk8y			כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the land and the seas/ocean were} good/excellent.” Some languages cannot use a pronoun (“it”) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word “good” in verse 4, and see the note about that there.
52	1:11	jq0c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
53	1:11	lnyu			תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ דֶּ֔שֶׁא	1	“I command the land/ground to grow/produce {green} plants,” or “The land/ground must now be covered with {green} plants,” The Hebrew word for “vegetation” refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse. Also, see how you translated “Land” in verse 10.
54	1:11	sdob			עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע	1	“{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have seeds”. This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat.
55	1:11	cv1n			עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ	1	“{and} fruit trees that bear/produce fruit, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{and} {every kind/type of} fruit tree that bears/produces/has its own kind/type of fruit” or “{and} {all kinds/types of} fruit trees that bear/produce/have their own kind/type of fruit”. The phrase “according to its kind” emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds.
56	1:11	o8kh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ	1	“that {has} seeds inside,” or “with seeds inside,” or “with its {own kind/type of} seeds inside it,”
57	1:11	k8cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“throughout the earth.” or “all over the earth.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Let the land sprout vegetation on/throughout the earth...” Do what is best in your language.
58	1:11	virt			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened:” or “And it/everything happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to happen}:” Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before “And it was so”, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given.
59	1:12	jikr			וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא	1	“The land sprouted/produced vegetation/plants,” or “The land started growing/producing {green} plants,” Verse 12 explains what God’s command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice.
60	1:12	rh5y			עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“{including} plants that produce/have seeds, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds that grow into the same kind/type of plant,” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have their own kind/type of seeds,”
61	1:12	cy8d			וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and trees that bear/produce fruit with seeds inside, {each} according to its {own} kind.” or “and {every kind/type of} tree that produces/has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind/type of tree.” or “and {all kinds/types of} trees that {produce/have} their own kind/type of seed-bearing fruit.”
62	1:12	o8er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
63	1:12	k58u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the plants and trees were} good/excellent.” See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
64	1:13	b3dy			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8.
65	1:13	xcdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the third day.” or “{and} the third day {ended}.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day three.”
66	1:14	h9x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
67	1:14	f6qj			יְהִ֤י מְאֹרֹת֙	1	“Let lights/lamps appear/exist” or “I command there to be sources of light” or “Let there be things/objects that give/shine light”. These lights refer to the sun, moon and stars that give off light. But it is important to keep this general in your translation (like the Hebrew text does) and not specify the names of these lights.
68	1:14	snjr			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“in the expanse/space of/called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. The expanse is the same thing as the heavens (verse 8), so some translations leave “the expanse of” implied here. Do what is best in your language.
69	1:14	as7i			לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל	1	“to divide/distinguish” or “that separate/divide”
70	1:14	ik3v			בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“the day{time} from the night{time}.” See how you translated “Day{time}” and “Night{time}” in verse 5.
71	1:14	iva1			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	“Let those lights/lamps also be” or “They must/will also serve/function as” or “I also command those lights/lamps to serve/function as”
72	1:14	kwpn			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “signs/markers {of special/important events}, and {they must/will} mark” or “They must/will also mark/indicate when important things happen, and {they must/will} mark/show” (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word “signs” means that the lights can mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus’ birth and the darkened sun at Jesus’ death).
73	1:14	zf63			וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים	1	“seasons, days and years.” or “when seasons, days and years begin {and end}.” The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
74	1:15	qfvm			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙	1	“And they must/will be sources of light” or “They must/will serve/function as lights” or “Their purpose is to serve/function as sources of light”
75	1:15	szsy			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14.
76	1:15	jf98			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“to/that shine {light} on the earth.” or “so that they provide/give light to/for the earth.” See how you translated “the earth” in verses 1-2.
77	1:15	c4rf			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.”
78	1:16	slgo			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verses 16-18 explain what God’s commands in verses 14-15 caused to happen. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like he created the lights twice. See how you translated “So God made” in verse 7.
79	1:16	axyb			אֶת שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠מְּאֹרֹ֖ת הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	“the two bright/big lights,” This phrase refers to the sun and the moon, which are the two brightest objects in the earth’s sky. However, the author intentionally does not use their names, so you should not include their names in your translation either.
80	1:16	udou			אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙	1	“the stronger/brighter light”. The focus is on the relative brightness or strength of the lights, not on their size.
81	1:16	vq3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	“to dominate/govern the day,” or “to shine during the day,” The word “rule” is a figure of speech that means each light has the greatest effect during a particular time period because it is the brightest light that is shining then. For some languages, nonliving objects like the sun and the moon cannot “rule” because only people can do that. Do what is accurate and natural in your language.
82	1:16	slw4			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙	1	“and the weaker/dimmer light”
83	1:16	kas2			לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	“to dominate/govern the night,” or “to shine during the night,” Be consistent here with how you translated “rule” previously in this verse.
84	1:16	vlll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים	1	“and {he also made/created} the stars.” or “{That is} also {when he made/created} the stars.” The verb “made” that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
85	1:17	wi1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“God/He placed/put them” or “God/He placed/put the lights”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to God and the lights at this point in the paragraph.
86	1:17	zkp6			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 14 and 15.
87	1:17	e0pl			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“to shine light on the earth,” or “to provide/give light to/for the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15.
88	1:18	iq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	“and to govern/dominate the day{time} and/or the night{time},” or “and to shine during the day{time} and/or during the night{time},” Make sure that your translation of the word “day” refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated “rule” in 1:16.
89	1:18	x9y4			וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁךְ	1	“and to divide/distinguish the light from the darkness.” or “and to separate/distinguish the time of light from the time of darkness.” Consider again how you translated “separate” in verses 4, 6-7, 14 and 18.
90	1:18	ji6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
91	1:18	h52g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {the lights in the heavens/sky were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
92	1:19	c1co			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,”
93	1:19	zl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the fourth day.” or “and the fourth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day four.”
94	1:20	qr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
95	1:20	rlrq			יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה	1	“I command the water to be full of large numbers/groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers/groups of {water} animals that live everywhere in the water,”
96	1:20	szof			וְ⁠עוֹף֙ יְעוֹפֵ֣ף	1	“and let there be birds that fly” or “I also command there to be birds that fly” or “Also let there be winged creatures that fly”. The Hebrew word for “birds” can also be more general and refer to “winged/flying creatures,” which includes birds, bats, flying insects and even flying reptiles that are now extinct. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
97	1:20	obps			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ עַל פְּנֵ֖י רְקִ֥יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“above the earth, through the sky/air.” or “across/in/through the sky above the earth.”
98	1:21	hu94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֣א אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“That is how God/he created/made” or “In that way God/he created/made”. See how you translated “created” in verse 1.
99	1:21	ywwv			אֶת הַ⁠תַּנִּינִ֖ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	“the huge/gigantic sea/ocean animals”. These include whales, sharks, giant squid, crocodiles, and leviathans (Psalm 74:13-14, Isaiah 27:1), which were probably swimming reptiles that are now extinct.
100	1:21	uwve			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת	1	“and every {kind/type of fish and every other} creature/animal that moves/lives” or “and all the {fish and other} {kinds/types of} creatures/animals that move/live”
101	1:21	cfhy			אֲשֶׁר֩ שָׁרְצ֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם	1	“throughout the water/ocean in large numbers/groups,” or “in the water and fills it,” or “all over the place in the water/ocean,”
102	1:21	yks1			לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	“{each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of offspring/young},” This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows, or any other kind of creature.
103	1:21	w4mh			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת	2	“and {how he created/made}” or “{That is} also {how he created/made}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language.
104	1:21	ug9b			כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙	1	“every {kind/type of} bird” or “all {the different kinds/types of} birds” or “every {kind/type of} winged creature”. See how you translated “birds” in verse 20.
105	1:21	wumv			לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	“{each} according to its {own} kind/type.” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of young}.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
106	1:21	c8r3			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And He saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
107	1:21	fhzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had created/made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the water animals and the birds were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language.
108	1:22	tv0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then God caused them {all} to prosper/flourish” or “Then God blessed the water creatures/animals and the birds”. For some languages it is necessary to specify who “them” refers to. Do what is best in your language.
109	1:22	yiar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“by saying {to them},” or “and said {first to the water animals},” God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says.
110	1:22	v2ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	פְּר֣וּ	1	“Reproduce” or “You water animals must/will produce/have many babies/young”. God speaks directly to the water animals using the second person (“you”), then later in the verse speaks about the birds in the third person (“the birds”). For some languages it is necessary to use either second person for both or third person for both, to prevent confusion. Do what is natural and clear in your language.
111	1:22	ee4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֗וּ	1	“so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”
112	1:22	s7t9			וּ⁠מִלְא֤וּ	1	“and live all over the place in” or “and live throughout”
113	1:22	pfl8			אֶת הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בַּ⁠יַּמִּ֔ים	1	“the water in/of the sea/ocean” or “the ocean/water”. For some languages, “water in the seas” is too repetitive, so it is more natural here to just say “seas/sea” or “ocean” or “water”. Do what is best in your language.
114	1:22	wysn			וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב	1	“And the birds must/will {also} increase {greatly} in number” or “{You} birds must/will {also} become {very} numerous/many”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “multiply” earlier in this verse.
115	1:22	q4ey			בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“throughout the earth.” or “{and live} all over the earth.”
116	1:23	jdl5			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,”
117	1:23	jti5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the fifth day.” or “and the fifth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day five.”
118	1:24	k7ok			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God commanded,”
119	1:24	ymte			תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	“I command the land/ground to produce/yield” or “The land/ground must now produce/yield”. See how you translated a similar command to the land in verse 11.
120	1:24	wf0h			נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙	1	“{every kind/type of} living creature/animal” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals,” This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse.
121	1:24	se25			לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} bearing/having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there.
122	1:24	lpze			בְּהֵמָ֥ה	1	“{including} domestic/farm/tame animals,” This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild.
123	1:24	jqx2			וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ	1	“{every} {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl”
124	1:24	f3l5			וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ	1	“and {every} {other} {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “and {all} the {other} {kinds/types of} {wild/untamed} animals {that live} on the earth/land,” This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild.
125	1:24	w60r			לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
126	1:24	voaz			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “It/Everything happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to happen}.”
127	1:25	lj0c			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֩	1	“That is how God made/created” or “In that way God made/created”
128	1:25	jdcq			אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	“{every kind/type of} wild/untamed creature/animal,” or “{all the different kinds/types of} wild/untamed creatures/animals,” See how you translated “{every} creature of the earth” in verse 24.
129	1:25	zrau			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young,”
130	1:25	bffi			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“and {every kind/type of} domestic/farm/tame animal,” or “and {all} the domestic/farm/tame animals,” See how you translated “livestock” in verse 24.
131	1:25	h946			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	2	“{each} that bears/has its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,”
132	1:25	j9e3			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	“and every {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls on/along the ground,” or “and all {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl on/along the ground,” See how you translated “crawling creature” in verse 24.
133	1:25	ifc3			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	“{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
134	1:25	ts6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
135	1:25	epq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	“that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the creatures/animals that he had made/created were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that...good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25.
136	1:26	bpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Then God said {to himself},” Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language.
137	1:26	blpi			נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה	1	“{Now} we should/will make/create”. Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (“us”, “our”) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that, too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible.
138	1:26	bahl			אָדָ֛ם	1	“mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. The Hebrew word for “man” is used here (and in verse 27) as a collective noun that refers to human beings in general, including male and female.
139	1:26	ulnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בְּ⁠צַלְמֵ֖⁠נוּ כִּ⁠דְמוּתֵ֑⁠נוּ	1	“to be like us and act like us,” or “to be like us, so that they are similar to us in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that God made mankind to be like himself in many ways.
140	1:26	mq1c			וְ⁠יִרְדּוּ֩	1	“and let us put them in charge/control of” or “We will give them authority to rule/oversee/manage”
141	1:26	bgn6			בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת הַ⁠יָּ֜ם	1	“the fish of/in the sea/ocean,”
142	1:26	fiz0			וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם	1	“the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” Some translations leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky.
143	1:26	qqil			וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“the domestic/farm/tame animals,” Consider again how you translated “livestock” in verses 24-26.
144	1:26	vthy			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“and the entire earth,” This refers to the planet earth and everything on it, including water, soil, metals, minerals, and other resources, as well as all the plants and animals.
145	1:26	x3kc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֖מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“including every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth.” or “and/including all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth.” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “and” or “over” with each item in this list. Consider what is the best way to translate a list like this in your language.
146	1:27	zl1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	“So God created/made”. In this verse God does what he said he was going to do (verse 26). Make sure your translation does not sound like God created mankind twice. Also see how you translated “created” in verses 1 and 21.
147	1:27	f5z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	“mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 26.
148	1:27	yyg0			בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ	1	“in his own image.” or “to be like himself.” or “to be similar to himself {in many ways}.” God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote.
149	1:27	f9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“{Yes/Indeed,} he created/made them in his image” or “{Indeed} God/he created/made them to be like himself” or “{Yes,} God/he created/made them to be similar to himself {in many ways}”. The pronoun “him” refers to the collective noun “man”, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in God’s image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language.
150	1:27	n054			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“He {also} created/made them {to be} male or female.” The phrase “male and female” comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female.
151	1:28	n52a			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ⁠ם֮ אֱלֹהִים֒	1	“Then God showed his favor to them” or “Then God caused them to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 22.
152	1:28	mnzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“and said,” or “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this quote margin that what God says next is the way that he blessed mankind, not something he said separately from that.
153	1:28	lyey			פְּר֥וּ	1	“Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”. See how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in verse 22. It may be necessary to translate the phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
154	1:28	xie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֛וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”
155	1:28	lpep			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“and live all over the earth” or “and inhabit the whole earth” or “Fill the earth”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
156	1:28	g9jo			וְ⁠כִבְשֻׁ֑⁠הָ	1	“and take control/care of it.” or “and bring it under your control.”
157	1:28	c3f8			וּ⁠רְד֞וּ	1	“You must rule over” or “You are in charge of” or “I am giving you authority to rule/oversee/manage”. See how you translated “rule” in verse 26.
158	1:28	prup			בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“the fish in the ocean, the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” See how you translated these phrases in verse 26.
159	1:28	ytrg			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיָּ֖ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֥שֶׂת עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land.” or “and all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land.” This phrase refers generally here to every kind of creature that lives on land.
160	1:29	sqcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God/he {also} said {to them},” or “Then God/he continued/added,” God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best.
161	1:29	a4r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִנֵּה֩	1	“Look,” or “Listen {to this},” or “I want you to know that”. This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language.
162	1:29	uvuf			נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם	1	“I am {now} giving to you {as/for food}” or “I have provided {as food} for you” or “I am {now} providing {as food} for you”
163	1:29	oakn			אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙	1	“every {kind/type of} seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every {kind/type of} plant with seeds that grows” or “all the {different kinds/types of} plants that yield/produce seeds and grow”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
164	1:29	nq9g			עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“anywhere on/throughout the earth,”
165	1:29	nn9g			וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר	1	“as well as every {kind/type of} tree that {bears/produces}” or “and all the {different kinds/types of} trees that {bear/produce}”
166	1:29	zjwv			בּ֥⁠וֹ פְרִי עֵ֖ץ זֹרֵ֣עַ זָ֑רַע	1	“fruit with seedoakns inside it.” or “seed-bearing fruit.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
167	1:29	ird8			לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	“{All of} them are yours to eat from.” or “You may eat from {any/all of} those plants.”
168	1:30	h154			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ	1	“In the same way, to every {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “Similarly/Likewise, to all the {wild/untamed} creatures/animals {that live} on the earth/land,” or “In the same way, to all the wild animals,” See how you translated similar phrases in verses 24 and 25.
169	1:30	cxyb			וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם	1	“and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky,” or “and all the birds {that fly} in the sky,”
170	1:30	n7vq			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה	1	“and every {other} {kind/type of} {creature/animal} that moves/lives on the earth/land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the {other} creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land and breathe {air} to live,” See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28.
171	1:30	hifc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	“{I give} every {kind/type of} green plant for/as food.” or “{I have given/provided} all the green plants for/as food.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, {I give} every {type of} green plant for food to all the {wild} animals {that live} on the earth, and all the birds {that fly} in the sky, and all the {other} animals {that live} on the land and breathe {air}.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “plant” in verses 11, 12, 29.
172	1:30	ivkg			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	“And that is how it was.” or “And it/everything was {exactly} as he/God said {it should/would be}.” Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command.
173	1:31	hhg6			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“Then God observed/considered” or “Then God looked at”. See how you translated “God saw...” in verse 4.
174	1:31	c85e			אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה	1	“everything that he had made/created,” This phrase refers to everything that God made during the entire week of Creation, not just on the sixth day. Consider again how you translated “made” (or “make”) in verses 7, 16, 25, 26 and 31. Compare that to how you translated a word that has a similar meaning (“created”) in verses 1, 21 and 27.
175	1:31	w4pz			וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	“and indeed” or “and he saw/observed that”. This word calls attention to what God is looking at and helps emphasize that what he saw was very good.
176	1:31	uixn			ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד	1	“{it was} {all} very good/excellent.” Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25, and 31.
177	1:31	pjit			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	“Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23 and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5.
178	1:31	vsiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי	1	“{and that was} {the end of} the sixth day.” or “and the sixth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day six.”
179	2:intro	nfp7				0	# Genesis 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nGen. 2:1-3 ends the first creation account, begun in the previous chapter. The second creation account, beginning in 2:4, is very different, using a more natural, story-telling style instead of following a set formula using repeated phrases. Translators should try to imitate this difference in their versions.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The second creation account in Gen. 2:4-25\n\nGen. 2:4-25 presents an account of creation from a different viewpoint than the one given in Gen. 1:1-2:3. This second account should be regarded as filling out the first account, not as conflicting with it.\n\n### Yahweh, the name of God\n\n“Yahweh,” the personal name of God in the Old Testament, appears for the first time in this chapter. Translators must decide how to represent it in their versions. For 2,000 years, it has been traditional for many Christians to represent it with the term “the Lord.” Indeed, it is demanded by Roman Catholics for their Bible versions to continue doing this. Of course, the disadvantage of using “the Lord” is that this is a title for God, not a personal name. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\nTranslators who are not producing versions for Roman Catholics can consider transliterating the name “Yahweh,” approximating the name as best as their project languages allow.\n\nOr translators can consider using expressions for the supreme god that might exist in their project languages, such as, “The Great One,” “The Ruler of All,” “The One who Never Sleeps,” etc. Of course, these are descriptive titles, not personal names, so they suffer from the same disadvantages that “the Lord” has.\n\nTranslators can also consider pairing a transliteration of “Yahweh” with a meaningful title for the supreme god in the project language. Whatever solution is found should be followed consistently when the name “Yahweh” occurs in the Scriptures.\n\n### The Garden of Eden\n\nThis was not a vegetable garden or cultivated field. Instead, it was probably a large area of land with fruit trees and other plants bearing leaves, etc., that were good to eat. A river flowed out from the Garden of Eden, giving the impression that the Garden was a holy place; in the ancient Near East, temples had gardens and waterways. In Rev. 22:1-2, the throne of God in the New Jerusalem is pictured with a river flowing out from it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
180	2:1	alnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“So {it was that} the heavens and the earth were completed/finished {by God},” or “That is how {God} finished {creating/making} the heavens and the earth,” Verse one is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter 1. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1.
181	2:1	eaz5			וְ⁠כָל צְבָאָֽ⁠ם	1	“including all the many things that are in them.” or “along with everything in them.” This phrase refers to everything in the heavens and on the earth that God had created, as described in chapter 1.
182	2:2	lmmc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	“By the seventh day” or “By day seven”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God had completed his work by the seventh day and did not work on that day. Also consider again how you translated ordinal numbers in Gen 1:5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31; 2:2.
183	2:2	zkij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God/he had completed/finished” or “God/he was finished with”. Decide whether it is better in your language to refer to God with a title (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context.
184	2:2	qp74			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה	1	“his/the work he had been doing,”
185	2:2	lqw7			וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּת֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִ⁠כָּל	1	“so he rested/ceased on that day from all” or “so on the seventh day he no longer did”. God “rested” in the sense that he stopped his work and did not work on that day. It does not mean he was tired or had lost his strength. Rest is an important theme in the Bible, so you should try to be consistent in how you translate this term here and in other passages such as Exodus 23:12, 31:17 and Hebrews 4:4, 10. Part of this theme includes the Hebrew word for “Sabbath” which has the same root word as the verb for “rest” and is often translated “resting day”.
186	2:2	mtu9			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	“the work that he had been doing.” or “that work.”
187	2:3	aq2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	“Then God/he established/designated the seventh day {as a day} to bless {people}” or “God/He honored the seventh day”. For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language.
188	2:3	frsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	“and made it a holy/sacred day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted/dedicated to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day/time {for people/them} {to rest and worship him},”
189	2:3	zlsb			כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ	1	“because on/during that day” or “{He did that} because on/during that day”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
190	2:3	kcwq			שָׁבַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל מְלַאכְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“he ceased from all his/the work” or “he did not do any more work” or “he no longer did the work”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2.
191	2:3	oxs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	“of creating that he had been doing.” or “that he had been doing, creating {everything}.”
192	2:4	m6ic			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“These {are more details about}” or “This {is more about}” or “What follows {gives/tells more details about}”. This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
193	2:4	ptfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם	1	“the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created {by God},” or “what happened when {God} created the heavens and the earth.” or “the history of what {God} did when he created the heavens and the earth:” The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language.
194	2:4	i0br			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם	1	“during the days/time {when}” or “During the days/time {when}”. Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5.
195	2:4	igt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Yahweh {who is} God” or “God {whose name is} Yahweh”. This phrase is a combination of God’s personal name “Yahweh” with his title “God”. Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabite”. Many translations have “LORD God” in place of “Yahweh God” throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for “Yahweh” (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting “Yahweh” back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh”. However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from “Yahweh” and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai”.)
196	2:4	h1ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm	עֲשׂ֛וֹת & אֶ֥רֶץ וְ⁠שָׁמָֽיִם	1	“made/created the earth and the heavens”. This clause forms a chiasm with “the heavens and the earth...created” in the first part of this verse. Try to keep the same phrase order in your translation. See how you translated “the heavens” and “the earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1.
197	2:5	yi7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“And/Now {for a while,} there were not yet any shrubs/bushes in the fields} on the earth,” or “{For a while,} no wild shrubs/bushes had started growing on the earth yet,” Consider whether or not it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
198	2:5	gyov			וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח	1	“nor had any {other} plants started growing yet,” or “and there were not any {other} plants that had sprouted yet,” See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30.
199	2:5	iiqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּי֩ & יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“because Yahweh/he” or “{That was} because God”. The Hebrew text repeats “Yahweh God” frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat “Yahweh God” so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use “Yahweh God” only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use “Yahweh”, “God”, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation.
200	2:5	dsr2			לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר & עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“had not {yet} caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not {yet} sent/caused rain to water the earth,” See how you translated “earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1.
201	2:5	jour			וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן	1	“and there were no human beings {yet}” or “and mankind/humans did not exist {yet}”
202	2:5	mdd4			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“to cultivate/farm the land/soil.” Working the ground includes tasks such as clearing the ground, preparing the soil, planting seeds, and watering the plants. See how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
203	2:6	vsou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אֵ֖ד	1	“But {during/at that time} mist/water/groundwater” or “{During/At that time} mist/springs”. The Hebrew word for “mist” refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without “But”. Do what is best in your language.
204	2:6	ytxq			יַֽעֲלֶ֣ה	1	“seeped up” or “kept coming/seeping up” or “would come/seep up”. This verb describes a repeated or continuous action.
205	2:6	t93l			מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“from the ground” or “from underground”
206	2:6	srec			וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה	1	“and irrigated” or “and spread over” or “supplied water to”
207	2:6	qd1o			אֶֽת כָּל פְּנֵֽי הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“the entire/whole surface of the land/earth.” or “the ground everywhere.”
208	2:7	fjjv			וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	“Then Yahweh {who is} God shaped/crafted”. The word “formed” describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in Gen 2:4-5.
209	2:7	dbat			אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	“a man” or “the {first} man”. The definite article “the” is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (“a”) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language.
210	2:7	pmfi			עָפָר֙	1	“{out of} dirt/mud/clay”. The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated “dust” (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped.
211	2:7	g3a2			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“from the earth,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in the first half of this verse and say, “Then Yahweh {who is} God {took} {some} dirt/clay from the ground/earth {and} formed/shaped a man {out of it},” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
212	2:7	xkca			וַ⁠יִּפַּ֥ח	1	“and he/Yahweh blew/exhaled” or “Then he/Yahweh blew/exhaled”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
213	2:7	qzjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו נִשְׁמַ֣ת חַיִּ֑ים	1	“into the man’s nostrils/nose the/his breath that would make him live,” or “his breath into the man’s nostrils/nose to make him live,” This refers to God’s breath. As you translate the pronouns “he” and “his” in this verse, make sure it is clear in your language who is being referred to.
214	2:7	vf52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּֽה	1	“so that he became a living person.” or “and then the man became alive” or “and he came to life.” or “so that he started to live.” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the man throughout verse 7.
215	2:8	z5wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “Now Yahweh God had {previously/already} planted” or “{Before that,} Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man.
216	2:8	npa8			גַּן	1	“a {large} garden” or “a {large} farm/park”. The man lived in this garden and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small.
217	2:8	msch			בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	“in {the land/region of/called} Eden, {which was} in/to the east,” or “in the eastern part of {the land/region of/called} Eden,” In this context, “in the east” can refer to (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text).
218	2:8	zpxl			וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם שָׁ֔ם אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“and that is where he put the man” or “and in that garden he put the man” or “That is where he put the man”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
219	2:8	uvlv			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצָֽר	1	“whom he had shaped/crafted.” or “whom he had created/made.” See how you translated “formed” in verse 7.
220	2:9	wihv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ מִן־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל־עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד	1	“{There} Yahweh/he had made/caused to grow from the ground every {kind/type of} tree that is pleasant/beautiful/delightful” or “Yahweh/He had made/caused all {kinds/types of} trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant/beautiful”. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in verse 5, and how you translated “every tree” in Gen 1:29.
221	2:9	zqug			לְ⁠מַרְאֶ֖ה	1	“to the eyes” or “to look at” or “in appearance”
222	2:9	kslw			וְ⁠ט֣וֹב	1	“and {that produce/have/grow fruit that is} good” or “and {whose fruit is} good”
223	2:9	rc1t			לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֑ל	1	“for eating,” or “to eat,”
224	2:9	urhf			וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן	1	“including the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life, {which was} in the middle of the garden,” or “In the middle of the garden was the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
225	2:9	vdwn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	“as well as the tree whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” The word “good” refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and “evil” refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms.
226	2:10	af8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠נָהָרּ֙ יֹצֵ֣א	1	“Now a river was flowing” or “A river was flowing” or “There was a river flowing”. Verse 10 gives more background information that began in verse 8. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language.
227	2:10	pp02			מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן	1	“from/through {the land/region of} Eden”. The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden.
228	2:10	rcms			לְ⁠הַשְׁק֖וֹת	1	“to irrigate” or “to provide water for” or “that watered/irrigated” or “that provided water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verse 6.
229	2:10	wxka			אֶת הַ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	“the farm/park,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 8.
230	2:10	gpkv			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙	1	“and from the garden” or “From there/Eden”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
231	2:10	h8ke			יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים	1	Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean (1) “the/that river divided into four {smaller} waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four {smaller} source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible.
232	2:11	ty1t			שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד	1	“The name of the first {river} {is/was}” or “The first {river} is/was named/called” or “The first {river} is/was”. Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places.
233	2:11	fhgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פִּישׁ֑וֹן	1	“the Pishon {River}.” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (“the”) with the name of a river.
234	2:11	k73q			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סֹּבֵ֗ב	1	“It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. The word “winds” or “meanders” means that the river changed direction from time to time. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, or to continue the previous sentence.
235	2:11	kdfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ הַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה	1	“the entire/whole region of/called Havilah,” Be consistent in how you translate “land of” throughout this section.
236	2:11	lg1b			אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	“{a place} where {there is/was} {much} gold.” or “which has/had {a lot of} gold.”
237	2:12	v48n			וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	“In fact, the gold from that land/region” or “Indeed, the gold {that is found} in that land/region”. This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold, and gives more information about it.
238	2:12	ks18			ט֑וֹב	1	“{is/was} {very} pure.” or “{is/was} {very} high quality.”
239	2:12	qhx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח	1	“{A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin called} bdellium” or “A {kind/type of} fragrant/sweet-smelling resin/perfume”. The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl.
240	2:12	ul5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם	1	“and {valuable} onyx gemstones” or “and {valuable} stones/gemstones called onyx” or “and {valuable} gemstones”. It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it.
241	2:12	cp1z			שָׁ֥ם	1	“{are/were} {also} {found} there.” or “{are/were} {also} in that land/region.” Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11.
242	2:13	fnx5			וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י	1	“The name of the second river {is/was}” or “The second river is/was named/called” or “The second river is/was”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
243	2:13	tdei			גִּיח֑וֹן	1	“the Gihon {River}.”
244	2:13	spk8			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סּוֹבֵ֔ב	1	“It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to begin a new sentence or to continue the previous sentence. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
245	2:13	fgb5			אֵ֖ת כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ כּֽוּשׁ	1	“the entire/whole region of/called Cush.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
246	2:14	a2na			וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙ חִדֶּ֔קֶל	1	“The name of the third river {is/was}” or “The third river is/was named/called” or “The third river is/was”
247	2:14	eo4t			חִדֶּ֔קֶל	1	“the Tigris {River}.”
248	2:14	go4b			ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת	1	“It flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which was located east of”. The word “east” refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing.
249	2:14	h2lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	“{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria.” This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur”, “Ashur”, or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13.
250	2:14	wu7c			וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י	1	“{The name of} the fourth river {is/was}” or “The fourth river {is/was named/called}” or “and the fourth river {is/was}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14.
251	2:14	u87b			פְרָֽת	1	“the Euphrates {River}.” Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14.
252	2:15	qijo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ	1	“Now Yahweh God had {already} put the man” or “After Yahweh God put the man”. In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8.
253	2:15	rosi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן	1	“in the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “in Eden Garden”. Notice that “Garden” is capitalized when it is part of a name.
254	2:15	iaic			לְ⁠עָבְדָ֖⁠הּ	1	“to cultivate/farm it” or “so that he would cultivate/farm it”. See how you translated “work” in verse 5.
255	2:15	hyvl			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׁמְרָֽ⁠הּ	1	“and maintain it.” or “and take care of it.”
256	2:16	qqer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְצַו֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַל־הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Then Yahweh/he commanded the man,” or “he commanded him,” The way you begin verse 16 depends on how you began verse 15. Consider what is the best way to refer to “Yahweh God” and “the man” here.
257	2:16	vzb0			מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל	1	“You may eat as much {fruit} as you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,”
258	2:17	vfsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ & לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל	1	“except you must/may not eat {any fruit} from the tree” or “except for one: you must/may not eat {the fruit that grows} on the tree” or “except I forbid you to eat {any fruit} from the tree”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of God’s words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that {same} day you will certainly/definitely die.”
259	2:17	eja9			הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע	1	“whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9.
260	2:17	w7aq			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	“because on the {same} day you eat {fruit} from that tree” or “If you eat {any fruit} from that tree, on that {same} day” or “because as soon as you eat {fruit} from that tree”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
261	2:17	z028			מ֥וֹת תָּמֽוּת	1	“you will certainly/definitely die.”
262	2:18	mxit			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב	1	“Then/Next Yahweh {who is} God declared, {It is} not good”
263	2:18	c2tk			הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“that the man is alone.” or “{for} the man to live by himself.”
264	2:18	bthk			אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ	1	“{So} I will make/create”
265	2:18	ap1y			לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“a helper/companion who is {just/exactly} right for him.” or “someone who is suitable/right for him and will help him.” or “a suitable companion to help him.”
266	2:19	ukcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	“Now {before that,} Yahweh God had formed/shaped from {the dust/dirt on} the ground” or “Now {previously,} Yahweh/he had used {dust/dirt} from the ground to form/shape”. The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that has already happened. Also see how you translated “formed” in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7.
267	2:19	kk7t			כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙	1	“every {kind/type of} creature/animal that lives in the fields/wild” or “all {the different kinds/types of} animals that live in the fields” or “all {the different kinds/types of} wild animals”. Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30.
268	2:19	y8bl			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky.” or “and all {the different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
269	2:19	qvln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙	1	“So/Then he brought/took them {all}”. This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether “brought” or “took” fits best here in your language.
270	2:19	p3x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶל הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“to Adam”. Every translation team needs to decide when to use Adam’s name for the first time in the book of Genesis. The Hebrew word “adam” means “man” and is also Adam’s name; the choice that is not followed here in your translation could be put in a footnote. Some translations first use Adam’s name here in verse 19, when he is naming the animals. Many other translations start using his name at the end of verse 20. Still other translations wait until 3:20 when he names Eve, and a few other translations begin in 3:9, 17, or 21.
271	2:19	apte			לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת	1	“to watch/hear” or “to find out”
272	2:19	rgyf			מַה יִּקְרָא ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“what he would name each one,” or “what names he would give/assign to them,” These names were labels for what kind of animals they were, such as “dog” or “horse”, not personal names like “David” or “Mary”.
273	2:19	by9q			וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקְרָא ל֧⁠וֹ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם	1	“and whatever Adam called/named” or “Whatever name the man gave/assigned to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
274	2:19	k24r			נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה	1	“each {kind/type of} living creature,” or “each {kind/type of} animal,”
275	2:19	waxk			ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ	1	“that {became} its name.” or “that {became} the name of/for that kind/type of animal.”
276	2:20	rs26			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“The man gave/assigned names to all the {different kinds/types of} livestock” or “Adam named all the {different kinds/types of} domestic/tame animals”. For a note about when to first use Adam’s name, see verse 19. Also, see how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26.
277	2:20	e137			וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and to {all} the {different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky”
278	2:20	e3uy			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	“and to all the {other} {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19.
279	2:20	gmpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“but he did/could not find a suitable helper for himself {among them}.” or “but none of them was a helper/companion who was {just/exactly} right for him.” or “but none of them was a suitable companion to help him.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated “a suitable helper” in verse 18.
280	2:21	stgv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to fall/go into a deep/sound sleep.” or “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep {very} deeply/soundly.” Many languages have a similar idiom for “caused a deep sleep to fall on” that works well here. Consider what is best in your language.
281	2:21	ti50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן	1	“Then {while} the man was sleeping/asleep,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man.
282	2:21	xamp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח	1	“he/God took {out}”. Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse.
283	2:21	l63g			אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean (1) “one of the man’s ribs {from his body/side}” or “a rib {from the man’s body/side}” (2) “part of the man’s side {from his body}”
284	2:21	k98y			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	“and filled in the place/hole where it had been with flesh {and healed it}.” or “and replaced it with flesh {and healed him}.” In this context, the term “flesh” probably includes muscles and skin.
285	2:22	wmbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים	1	“Next Yahweh God” or “Next he” or “After that, Yahweh/he”. For many languages it is more natural here to use a pronoun to refer to Yahweh God. Do what is best in your language. After you finish translating a chapter or section, it is a good practice to read that section aloud and listen for what is the best way to refer to God and others at each place in the text.
286	2:22	m5wn			וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ & אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“made/constructed a woman from the rib which he had taken out of the man{’s body},” or “used the rib which he taken from the man to make/construct a woman from it,” See how you translated “rib” in verse 21 and see the note about that there.
287	2:22	w6xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֖⁠הָ אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“and he took her to the man.” or “Then he brought/took her to the man.” See how you translated “brought” in verse 19.
288	2:23	b3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒	1	“Then the man said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man saw her,} he said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man woke up and saw the woman,} he said/exclaimed,” Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better, or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language.
289	2:23	cus9			זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם	1	“Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person {like me} who” or “Finally/Ahh! Here is someone {like me} who”
290	2:23	dbqq			עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י	1	“{has} bones and flesh from me!” or “was made out of my own bones and flesh!”
291	2:23	pbw7			לְ⁠זֹאת֙ יִקָּרֵ֣א אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“I will call her ‘woman,’ ” There is a play-on-words here because the Hebrew word for woman (“ishsha”) is similar to the Hebrew word for man (“ish”). You could put that information in a footnote.
292	2:23	dsb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת	1	“because she was taken {by God} from {the body of} a man.” or “because {it was} from {the body of} a man {that} {God} took her.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
293	2:24	oti6			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“Because of that,” or “That is why” or “Since the woman was created from the man’s body,”
294	2:24	u45s			יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ	1	“a/every man {who marries} will/must leave” or “{when a man gets married,} he must move away from”
295	2:24	peuh			אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{the home of} his father and mother,”
296	2:24	k1xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠דָבַ֣ק בְּ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and he must unite/join with his wife,” or “and he must live in close relationship with his wife,” This idiom means that the man is committed to his wife and has a close physical relationship with her, too. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language.
297	2:24	fqua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠הָי֖וּ	1	“so that they become”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here.
298	2:24	lhdy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד	1	“completely one/united.” or “united in body {and spirit}.” or “united like one person.” The phrase “one flesh” is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language.
299	2:25	rovf			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“Now {at/during that time} both the man and his wife were naked,” or “{At/During that time} the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,”
300	2:25	m37h			וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ	1	“but {yet} they were not ashamed/embarrassed {about it}.” or “but {yet} they did not feel ashamed/embarrassed {about being naked}.” Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
301	3:intro	j7i3				0	# Genesis 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the second creation account that began in Gen. 2:4. But a new section of this account begins in 3:1. The ULT reads, “Now the serpent was more shrewd than any other beast of the field which Yahweh God had made,” because this is how the Scriptures introduce the serpent into the account. However, many languages prefer different ways to introduce new characters or things into stories, for example, “One of the wild animals made by God was the serpent” or “This is about the serpent, one of the wild animals that God had made.”\n\nScholars typically refer to the events of this chapter as “the fall” or “the fall of man” because sin is introduced into creation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Curses\n\nIn this chapter, God curses the man, the woman, and the serpent for their sins. In general, cursing is calling down God’s punishment on someone or something. In this chapter, however, it is God himself who is doing the cursing. Of course, he does not call down punishment on the man, the woman, and the serpent from someone else. Instead, he is promising that he himself will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n### Serpent\nMost scholars believe that the serpent is Satan, even though his name is not used in this chapter. There are other places in Scripture where the serpent is used as an image for Satan. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
302	3:1	k1xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֙	1	“Now the snake”. The conjunction “Now” introduces background information about the serpent. See how you translated this conjunction in Gen 2:5, 8, 19.
303	3:1	c6pe			הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“was more {deceptive and} clever/cunning than any of the {other} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild” or “was the craftiest of all the animals”. Make sure that your translation of “crafty” means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated “living thing of the field” in Gen 2:19-20.
304	3:1	xal9			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“that Yahweh {who is} God had made/created.” or “that God {whose name is} Yahweh had made/created.” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated “Yahweh God” in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4.
305	3:1	jqok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“{One day} he asked the woman,” or “{One day} the serpent/snake {came/went to} the woman {and} asked {her},” If you use a pronoun (“he”) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. Also, since the snake asked a question, some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language.
306	3:1	za8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַ֚ף כִּֽי אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ	1	“Did God really/actually command you to not eat” or “Is it true that God commanded you not to eat”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
307	3:1	iqz3			מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	“{fruit} from any of the trees {that is/are} in the garden?” or “{any fruit} from the trees in the garden?” See how you translated “garden” in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8.
308	3:2	gevr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל הַ⁠נָּחָ֑שׁ	1	“The woman answered the serpent/snake,” or “The woman responded to him,” or “The woman replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
309	3:2	kllk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֹאכֵֽל	1	“{No,} we have permission {from God/him} to eat” or “{No,} God/he has given us permission to eat”. The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here.
310	3:2	gy6f			מִ⁠פְּרִ֥י	1	“the fruit of/from” or “fruit from”. See how you translated “fruit” in Gen 1:11-12, 29.
311	3:2	fmke			עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	“{any/all of} the tree{s} {that are} in the garden,” or “{any} tree in the garden,”
312	3:3	t2wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒	1	“except fruit from the tree that is in the middle/center of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we must/may not eat fruit from, which is in the middle/center of the garden.” For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “{No,} it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that {God said} we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from {all the rest of} the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination.
313	3:3	nz0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“God/he told/commanded {us}, ‘Do not eat fruit from that tree,” or “God/He told/commanded {us} to not eat {any of} that fruit,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
314	3:3	anrc			וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִגְּע֖וּ בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and do not even touch it,” or “or even touch it,”
315	3:3	ztft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן	1	“because if you do {eat it or touch it}, you will die!” or “because if we do {eat it or touch it}, we will die!” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (“you”) or indirect (“we”) quote.
316	3:4	j40v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠נָּחָ֖שׁ אֶל־הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“But the snake said/replied to her,” or “But the snake replied,” See how you translated “serpent” in verses 1-2.
317	3:4	k0j2			לֹֽא מ֖וֹת תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן	1	“{That is not true.} You will not die.” or “It’s not true that you will die.”
318	3:5	ngb0			כִּ֚י יֹדֵ֣עַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“Actually, God/he knows” or “The reason God said that is he knows”. The connecting word “For” introduces an explanation here. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
319	3:5	tr2j			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠יוֹם֙	1	“that as soon as” or “that when/if”
320	3:5	p329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“you eat {fruit} from that tree,” or “you eat some/any of that fruit,” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated “you” and “your” in verses 1-5.
321	3:5	uld2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִפְקְח֖וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“your mind/understanding will be opened/expanded,” or “you will gain/have new understanding,” or “you will understand/know new things,” Consider whether your language has an idiom like “your eyes will be opened” that would fit well here.
322	3:5	npzf			וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	“and {as a result} you will be like God/him because you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” or “so that you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong just like God does.” The Hebrew word “Elohim” is ambiguous in this context. It can mean (1) “God,” as it does everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis, (2) “gods” or “divine beings” (3) “angels”. See how you translated “good and evil” in Gen 2:9, 17.
323	3:6	d6rz			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּ֣י	1	“The woman saw/observed that”
324	3:6	gpz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ	1	“the tree {produced fruit that}” or “{the fruit of} that tree” or “the tree{’s fruit}”. The word “tree” refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
325	3:6	b6yp			טוֹב֩ & לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל	1	“{was/looked} good/delicious to eat”
326	3:6	aigt			וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם	1	“and that the tree {itself} was/looked {very} beautiful,”
327	3:6	tkg3			וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל	1	“and {she thought/believed} that {the fruit from} the tree would make her wise/wiser.” or “She {also} desired/wanted {to eat} the fruit so that it would make her wise/wiser.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
328	3:6	jrei			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל	1	“So/Then she took/picked some of the fruit {from/off the tree} and ate {it}.”
329	3:6	zi7t			וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן גַּם	1	“She also gave {some of the fruit}”
330	3:6	j06c			לְ⁠אִישָׁ֛⁠הּ עִמָּ֖⁠הּ	1	“to her husband, {who was} {there} with her,”
331	3:6	vgh6			וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל	1	“and he ate {it/some} {too}.” or “and he {also} ate {it/some}.”
332	3:7	on9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ עֵינֵ֣י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“Immediately/Suddenly it was as if their eyes/minds were opened/enlightened,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both gained/had new understanding,” or “Immediately/Suddenly they both understood new things,” An immediate result of their sin was that they realized they were naked, which they had not been aware of before. See how you translated the idiom “eyes...opened” in verse 5.
333	3:7	d586			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ	1	“so that they realized” or “so that they became aware”
334	3:7	qm2z			כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם	1	“that their bodies {were} naked/uncovered/bare {and they felt ashamed/embarrassed}.”
335	3:7	pb3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙	1	“So they fastened/joined {together}”. The word for “sewed” implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for “they” and “themselves”. Do what is best in your language.
336	3:7	e5t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה	1	“{some} fig {tree} leaves” or “{some} {large} leaves from a fig tree”. Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “{large} leaves from a tree called fig {tree}”.
337	3:7	h1a6			וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת	1	“and used/wore them like/as aprons/skirts/loincloths {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and wore them around their waists {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.” These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees.
338	3:8	ibyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֞וּ	1	“Then/Later the man and his wife heard”. For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the noun phrase “the man and his wife” here and then use a pronoun (“they”) later in this sentence. Do what is best in your language.
339	3:8	kd3q			אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ	1	“the sound of Yahweh God{’s footsteps} as he walked” or “Yahweh God’s voice as he walked”. This phrase can refer to the sound of God’s footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations.
340	3:8	g02y			בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	“{around} in the garden” or “through the garden”
341	3:8	dipk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	“{late in the afternoon} in/during the breezy/cool {time} of the day,” or “{late that afternoon/day} when there was a cool breeze blowing,” This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language.
342	3:8	x1fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“but/so they hid {themselves}” or “but/so they {tried to} hide {themselves}”. If you use “the man and his wife” earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether or not a pronoun should be used here.
343	3:8	q6cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	“from Yahweh God” or “from his presence/sight” or “from him”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh at this point in the paragraph in your language.
344	3:8	k6j3			בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	“in the midst of the tree{s} in the garden.” or “behind some tree{s} there.” Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, for some languages it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language.
345	3:9	e4nw			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then/But Yahweh God called {out}”. See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8.
346	3:9	ek33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	“to the man and asked him,” or “to Adam,” See the note at Gen 2:19 about when to start using Adam’s name. Also consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
347	3:9	a04v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה	1	“{Adam,} where are you?” Notice that the word “you” is singular here because God is only addressing the man.
348	3:10	e1lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“He/Adam answered {him},” or “The man replied,”
349	3:10	mb7t			אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי	1	“I heard the sound of you {walking}” or “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your footsteps/voice {as you walked}”. See how you translated “sound” in verse 8.
350	3:10	tr9j			בַּ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	“through the garden,”
351	3:10	aoxc			וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא	1	“but I was naked, so I was/felt afraid and I hid {from you}.” or “but I was naked and afraid {that you would see me}, so I hid.”
352	3:11	hsb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“So Yahweh God asked {him},” Make sure your translation of “he” refers to Yahweh here, not the man.
353	3:11	uf06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	מִ֚י הִגִּ֣יד לְ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֥י עֵירֹ֖ם אָ֑תָּה	1	“What made you realize/know that you were naked?” or “How did you find out that you were naked?” The pronoun “you” is still singular here.
354	3:11	hetm			הֲ⁠מִן הָ⁠עֵ֗ץ & אָכָֽלְתָּ	1	“Did you {disobey me and} eat {fruit} from the tree”
355	3:11	gi9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוִּיתִ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י אֲכָל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	“that I commanded you, ‘Do not eat from it’?” For some languages it is more natural to use a direct quote here for Yahweh’s words. Do what is best in your language.
356	3:12	hp6r			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	“But the man said/replied {to him},” or “The man answered {him},”
357	3:12	et6h			הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא	1	“The woman whom you put here {to be/live} with me, she {is the one who}” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”. The pronoun “she” is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of “The woman” at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame on the woman. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
358	3:12	au82			נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	“gave me {some fruit} from that tree,” or “gave me some of the/that fruit,” See how you translated “fruit” in verses 1-6.
359	3:12	z2ws			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	“so I ate {it}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
360	3:13	lvw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“So Yahweh God asked the woman,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
361	3:13	vvhk			מַה זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑ית	1	“What have you done?” or “What did you do?” or “Tell me what you have done.” God already knew the answer to this question, but he is giving the woman a chance to confess and explain what she did. God’s question probably also implies that he is displeased with what has happened.
362	3:13	rhhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	“But the woman said/replied {to him},” or “The woman said/replied,” or “She replied,”
363	3:13	n1zl			הַ⁠נָּחָ֥שׁ	1	“The snake” or “It was the serpent/snake that”. This phrase is emphasized in the Hebrew text.
364	3:13	w0b8			הִשִּׁיאַ֖⁠נִי	1	“tricked me,” or “lied to me,”
365	3:13	bews			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	“so I ate {some of the/that fruit}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
366	3:14	ux98			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ יְהֹוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֶֽל הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֮	1	“So Yahweh God said to the snake,”
367	3:14	ie75			כִּ֣י עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּאת֒	1	“Because/Since you did that,” or “Because/Since you deceived/tricked the woman,”
368	3:14	dfy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙	1	“you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”. In this context, “cursed” involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants by causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic.
369	3:14	qu53			מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	“more {severely/harshly} than all the domestic/tame animals”. When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20.
370	3:14	d3v1			וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	“and more {severely/harshly} than all the creatures/animals of/in the fields/wild.” or “and more {severely/harshly} than all the wild animals.” See how you translated “every living thing of the field” in verse 1.
371	3:14	obw6			עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	“{As a result,} you will/must move/crawl {on/along the ground} on your belly/stomach,”
372	3:14	aocs			וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל	1	“and you will/must eat dust/dirt {with your food}”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7.
373	3:14	g32q			כָּל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.”
374	3:15	ivt7			וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ	1	“I will also cause you and the woman to be enemies {with each other}, and your offspring/descendants and her offspring/descendants to also be enemies.” or “ Besides that, I will cause you and your descendants to be enemies with the woman and her descendants.”
375	3:15	yfon			ה֚וּא	1	“{In fact,} her offspring/descendant” or “{In fact,} one of her descendants”. The pronoun “He” is ambiguous here. It could refer to (1) the woman’s descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ. (2) the woman’s descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snake’s descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satan’s power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote.
376	3:15	e3wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב	1	“will strike/crush your head, and you will strike/bite/bruise his heel.” This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “{In fact,} you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language.
377	3:16	chez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר	1	“{Then} he/God said to the woman,” or “{Then} Yahweh God {turned} to the woman and said {to her},” In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language.
378	3:16	vgi1			הַרְבָּ֤ה אַרְבֶּה֙ עִצְּבוֹנֵ֣⁠ךְ	1	“I will greatly increase how much you suffer” or “I will cause you to have/experience much/severe pain” or “I will cause it to be very painful”
379	3:16	d5br			וְ⁠הֵֽרֹנֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“when you bear children;” or “when you give birth;”
380	3:16	icn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	“{yes/indeed,} you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “{yes/indeed,} bearing children will be very painful for you.” This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation.
381	3:16	jbk6			וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom “your desire will be for your husband” are all ambiguous in this context. The text can mean (1) “Yet/But you will {still} desire/long {to be with} your husband, and....”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Song of Songs 7:10. (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want {to control} your husband, but....”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
382	3:16	friw			וְ⁠ה֖וּא יִמְשָׁל בָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and he will control/dominate you.” or “and he will lord it over you.” See how you translated “rule over” in Gen 1:18. It may be necessary to translate this term differently here because of the negative context of the curse and the consequences of sin.
383	3:17	sq0d			וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר	1	“Then/Next he/God said to the man,” or “Then/Next Yahweh God {turned} to Adam and said {to him},” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to the man” is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adam’s name in your translation see Gen 2:19.
384	3:17	dyjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּֽי־שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒	1	“Since/Because you {disobeyed me and} did what your wife said/suggested” or “Since/Because you did/followed what your wife told you to do”. This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
385	3:17	nelk			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ מִן הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ	1	“and ate {fruit} from the tree”
386	3:17	x2ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“that I commanded/told you, ‘Do not eat {any fruit} from it,’ ” or “that I commanded you to not eat {any fruit} from.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3.
387	3:17	ggfr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“the ground is cursed {by me} because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate {fruit} from the tree that I commanded you not to eat {any fruit} from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated “cursed” in verse 14.
388	3:17	wdns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה	1	“{As a result,} {only} by painful toil will you eat {any food} from it” or “{As a result,} you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat”
389	3:17	o4tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” For some languages it is better to put this phrase before the previous clause and say, “{As a result,} for as long as you live, you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat.” Do what is best in your language.
390	3:18	gzbg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ	1	“In fact, the ground will produce/grow thorn {plants} and thistle {plants} {and other weeds}” or “In fact, thornbushes and thistle plants {and other weeds} will grow from the ground”. The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless, and possibly harmful, plants.
391	3:18	z3ub			לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה	1	The Hebrew text here can mean (1) “{and make it difficult} for you to grow {enough} crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce {enough} crops/food to eat.” (2) “so that {your crops will not grow well and} you will {have to} eat {wild} plants that grow in the {open} fields {to survive}.” That difference of interpretation is caused because the Hebrew word “fields” can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow.
392	3:19	ewn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם	1	“{Only} by the sweat of your face/brow/forehead will you be able to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” or “You will have to {work hard and} sweat a lot in order to {grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also, bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for “bread” is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food”, especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area.
393	3:19	n8ba			עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“until you {die and} again become dust/dirt,”
394	3:19	ek0a			כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ	1	“which you were taken/made from {by me}.” or “which I took/created you from.” or “which I made/created you out of.”
395	3:19	d4o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּֽי	1	“Yes/Indeed,” or “That’s right,” This sentence rephrases and emphasizes what God just said.
396	3:19	nwc3			עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה	1	“your bodies {were created/made} {by me} from dust/dirt” or “{I created/made} you out of dust/dirt”
397	3:19	qlcr			וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב	1	“so dust/dirt is what you will become again {after you die}.”
398	3:20	wmrp			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם שֵׁ֥ם אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“Then Adam called/named his wife” or “Then the man gave his wife the name”. Some translations use Adam’s name here because he is naming Eve. See what you did in verse 17.
399	3:20	czch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַוָּ֑ה	1	“Eve, {which means “living/live,”}” If you include the meaning of Eve’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (“living”), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis.
400	3:20	alel			כִּ֛י	1	“{He did that} because”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
401	3:20	q3ny			הִ֥וא הָֽיְתָ֖ה אֵ֥ם	1	“she would be the mother/ancestor”
402	3:20	kvu6			כָּל חָֽי	1	“of all the people who would ever live.” or “of everyone who would ever live.”
403	3:21	idfq			וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים & כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר	1	“Then Yahweh God made {some} garments/clothes out of animal skins/hides” or “Then Yahweh God used {some} animal skins/hides to make {some} garments/clothes”
404	3:21	yd2w			לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	“for Adam and his wife {Eve},” or “for the man and his wife,”
405	3:21	nedp			וַ⁠יַּלְבִּשֵֽׁ⁠ם	1	“and he dressed them.” or “and he put the garments/clothes on them.”
406	3:22	zmrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then he said/thought,” or “Then Yahweh/he said/thought {to himself},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh God in your language at this point in the paragraph. Also, see how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where “said” has the same meaning.
407	3:22	tgmz			הֵ֤ן	1	“Look/Listen,” This word expresses emotion and calls attention to what God says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29.
408	3:22	m45e			הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	“the man {and his wife}” or “man{kind}” or “human beings”. Throughout verses 22-24 “the man” represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam.
409	3:22	jtzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	הָיָה֙ כְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	“have become like one of us” or “have become like us”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive because God is talking to himself.
410	3:22	u2uz			לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע	1	“so that they know {what is} good and {what is} evil.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 5, and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9.
411	3:22	z722			וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם	1	“So now, they must not be allowed/permitted {by us} to also take/pick” or “So we must not allow/permit them to also take/pick” or “So now we must do something so that they do/can not also take/pick”. See how you translated “took/picked...fruit” in verse 6.
412	3:22	jc4x			מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל	1	“{fruit} from the tree of {eternal} life and eat {some of} it,” or “and eat {fruit} from the tree that gives people {eternal} life,” See how you translated “the tree of life” in Gen 2:9.
413	3:22	ekrd			וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	“and {then/so} live forever!” or “which will/would make them live forever!”
414	3:23	x97q			וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“Then Yahweh God expelled/banished the man {and his wife}” or “So {then} Yahweh God forced them to leave”. Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, “him”, and “he” refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Consider again how you translated “Yahweh God” in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24.
415	3:23	kl96			מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן	1	“the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “Eden Garden”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15.
416	3:23	hhh0			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“to work/farm/cultivate the ground/land/soil”. See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and “work it” in 2:15.
417	3:23	d3re			אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	“which they had been taken/created from {by him/God}.” or “which God/he had taken/made them from.” It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated “taken from” in verse 19.
418	3:24	j8r9			וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	“Then after he/Yahweh/God drove/forced the man {and his wife} out {of the garden},” or “After he/Yahweh/God expelled/banished them {from the garden},”
419	3:24	v4dm			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּן֩	1	“then he stationed” or “he placed/stationed”
420	3:24	zcdx			מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן	1	“on/to the east {side} of the garden {at its entrance}” or “{at the entrance} of/to the garden, {which was} on its east side”. It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24.
421	3:24	n3sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים	1	“{some} {powerful} cherubim {angels}” or “{some} {powerful beings called} cherubim {angels}”. Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lion’s face, a bull’s face and an eagle’s face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote.
422	3:24	gndv			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת לַ֤הַט הַ⁠חֶ֨רֶב֙	1	“and a blazing/fiery/burning sword” or “and a sword made of flames/fire”. A sword is a weapon that has a very long, sharp (often two-sided) blade that is longer than a knife, machete, or dagger and is attached to a hilt or handle. This sword may have had flames coming from it, or this may have been fire in the shape of a sword.
423	3:24	i7zi			הַ⁠מִּתְהַפֶּ֔כֶת	1	“that was turning/swinging around in all directions” or “that was swinging/flashing back and forth”. It seems that the sword was swinging by itself since there is no mention of anyone holding it.
424	3:24	orao			לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ	1	“to keep everyone away from the way/path {that leads/goes} to” or “so that no one could get/go near”
425	3:24	ar1o			עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים	1	“the tree of {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22.
426	4:intro	a2f7				0	# Genesis 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMost of the text in this chapter is prose, but 4:23-24 is poetry. If the translator should put these two verses into poetic form, or at least into elegant speech, different from the rest of the chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vengeance\n\nThe theme of vengeance is important in this chapter. Ancient Hebrew society allowed for people to seek revenge if a relative was murdered. After Cain murdered his brother Abel, he thought that he would be helpless against this danger because he had been driven away from God’s protection. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\nThe theme of vengeance continues with the words of Lamech, who had killed someone for injuring him:\n“I have killed a man for wounding me, a young man for bruising me. If Cain is avenged seven times as much, truly Lamech will be avenged seventy-seven times as much” (Gen. 4:23b-24).
427	4:1	cibb			וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“Then Adam” or “Then the man {Adam}”. For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19.
428	4:1	k9i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“had {marital} relations with his wife Eve,” or “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,” This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud.
429	4:1	um2r			וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	“so that she became pregnant and {later} gave birth to”. Translate this clause in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud.
430	4:1	a1ox			אֶת קַ֔יִן	1	“{a son they named} Cain, {which means “obtained/acquired.”}” You could include the meaning of Cain’s name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20.
431	4:1	y3qd			וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“because she said/exclaimed,” or “{They named him that} because she/Eve had said/exclaimed,” This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
432	4:1	ww1b			קָנִ֥יתִי	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “I have obtained/acquired” (2) “I have produced/created”. If you include the meaning of Cain’s name earlier in this verse in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches your choice here, so that it is clear why he was given that name.
433	4:1	gohm			אִ֖ישׁ	1	“a male child” or “a boy/son” or “a baby boy”. For some languages it is confusing to refer to a newborn baby as a man. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
434	4:1	tfqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת יְהוָֽה	1	“with {help from} Yahweh!” or “with Yahweh{’s help}!” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahweh’s help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language.
435	4:2	gqfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף לָ⁠לֶ֔דֶת	1	“Then she/Eve also gave birth to” or “After that, she/Eve gave birth to”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Cain and Abel may have been twins, or Abel may have been born sometime later after Eve became pregnant again. If possible, translate verse 2 in a way that allows for either interpretation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or a noun to refer to Eve here.
436	4:2	i71z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	“his/Cain’s brother” or “another baby boy, {who was} his/Cain’s brother”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger brother” that can be used here. Do what is best in your language.
437	4:2	wid6			אֶת הָ֑בֶל	1	“{whom they named} Abel.” or “{whose name was} Abel.”
438	4:2	xfso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙	1	“Now {when the boys had grown up,} Abel” or “{When they grew up,} Abel”. This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation.
439	4:2	aikd			רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן	1	“became/was a keeper/herder of flocks/sheep,” or “became/was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep {and goats},” A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both.
440	4:2	vsb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠קַ֕יִן	1	“whereas/but Cain”. Consider what is the best way in your language to contrast Cain and his work with Abel and his work.
441	4:2	dd6k			הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה	1	“became/was a worker/tiller/farmer of the ground/soil.” or “became/was a {crop} farmer.” or “grew {food} crops.” Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5.
442	4:3	bwql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י מִ⁠קֵּ֣ץ יָמִ֑ים	1	“Then one day it happened that” or “As time went on/by, one day”. These phrases introduce an important new event. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
443	4:3	mhjm			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א קַ֜יִן	1	“Cain offered/gave”
444	4:3	zn5b			מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה	1	“some of the crops {that he had raised/grown} in his fields” or “some of the edible plants {that he had harvested} from his farmland/fields”. The word “fruit” is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
445	4:3	of0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“to Yahweh as an offering/gift/sacrifice {to honor/worship him}.” The term “offering” refers to something that is given.
446	4:4	mq9z			וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם	1	“Abel also brought/offered/gave {an offering/gift/sacrifice} {to Yahweh}, {but what he offered/gave was}” or “But Abel offered/gave {to Yahweh}”. There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings.
447	4:4	r4og			מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ	1	“some of the firstborn {animals} from his flock{s}/sheep”. See how you translated “flocks” in verse 2.
448	4:4	oxhr			וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠חֶלְבֵ⁠הֶ֑ן	1	“and/including some of the fat portions of the meat.” or “and/including some of their best parts.” or “and/including the fattest/best parts of the animals/meat.” In that culture, fat was considered one of the best parts of an animal to eat. If that is different from how fat is viewed in your language area, that information could be put in a footnote.
449	4:4	v9sn			וַ⁠יִּ֣שַׁע יְהוָ֔ה אֶל	1	“Yahweh was pleased/happy with” or “Yahweh accepted”
450	4:4	jlf3			הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Abel and his gift/sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he offered/gave {to him}.”
451	4:5	zedh			וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן & לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה	1	“But he/Yahweh was not pleased/happy with Cain” or “However, he/Yahweh did not accept Cain”. See how you translated “looked {favorably} on” in verse 4.
452	4:5	hxcc			וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ	1	“and/or his gift/sacrifice.” or “and/or what he offered/gave {to him}.”
453	4:5	ai77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֤חַר לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ מְאֹ֔ד	1	“So Cain was/became/felt extremely angry,” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
454	4:5	m590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	“and his face showed that he was angry/upset.” or “and he frowned/scowled.” or “and his face showed it.”
455	4:6	eymy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל קָ֑יִן	1	“Then Yahweh asked Cain/him,” The way you translate this quote margin should fit with the way that you translated the following three rhetorical questions.
456	4:6	qa15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה חָ֣רָה לָ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה נָפְל֥וּ פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“Why are you so angry? And why are you frowning/scowling?” or “There is no need/reason for you to be angry and frowning/scowling.” God is using these rhetorical questions to correct Cain. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also see how you translated the idioms “burned with...anger” and “face fell” in verse 5.
457	4:7	lltt			אִם תֵּיטִיב֙	1	“If you do {what is} right,”
458	4:7	ltx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא & שְׂאֵ֔ת	1	“{you know that} you will be accepted {by me}.” or “{you know that} I will be pleased with you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” or “I will accept you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
459	4:7	hj95			וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב	1	“But if you don’t do {what is} right,” or “But if you do what is wrong,”
460	4:7	re3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ	1	“{then} sin {is like a fierce/dangerous animal that} is crouching/waiting” or “{then} sin will be crouching/waiting {like a fierce/wild animal}”. In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.”
461	4:7	sy1l			לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח	1	“outside your door {to attack you},” or “outside the door {of your heart} {to attack/tempt you},”
462	4:7	t750			וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ	1	“It/Sin desires/wants {to control/destroy} you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
463	4:7	r8yc			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“but you must master/control it {so that you do not sin}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from controlling/destroying you}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from doing that}.”
464	4:8	hfxs			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן	1	“But {after that,} Cain said” or “Later Cain spoke/talked”. After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days.
465	4:8	dhvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“to/with his brother Abel.” This sentence is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts and translations (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate, and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Let’s go out to the field {and work} {together}.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him {to work}.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote.
466	4:8	bkk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	“Then/So {they went out} to the field {to work} {together}, and/but while they were there,” For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language.
467	4:8	dvqb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם קַ֛יִן אֶל	1	“Cain attacked”
468	4:8	ms2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“his {own} brother Abel” or “his {own} brother” or “him”. The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase “Abel his brother” to emphasize the seriousness of Cain’s crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2.
469	4:8	k1e4			וַ⁠יַּהַרְגֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“and murdered him.”
470	4:9	ylt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל קַ֔יִן	1	“Then/Later Yahweh asked Cain,”
471	4:9	lg3y			אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“Where {is} your brother Abel?” See how you translated “Abel...brother” in verse 8.
472	4:9	e118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“Then He/Cain said/replied {to him},” or “He/Cain answered {him},” or “He/Cain responded/retorted,” Cain is answering Yahweh rudely. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language, including whether or not to use a conjunction here.
473	4:9	pi34			לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	“I don’t know {where he is}.” or “How should I know {that}?”
474	4:9	d7iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠שֹׁמֵ֥ר אָחִ֖⁠י אָנֹֽכִי	1	“Am I my brother’s guardian/caretaker?” or “Am I in charge of my brother?” or “Is it my job/responsibility to take care of my brother?” or “It’s not my job/responsibility to keep track of my brother!” Cain uses this rhetorical question to support the lie that he just told. His response to God is rude and disrespectful. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question communicates that here in your language.
475	4:10	n5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Then Yahweh asked/exclaimed,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Yahweh, not Cain.
476	4:10	flvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	“What you have done is very horrible/terrible!” or “You have done a horrible/terrible thing!” God uses this rhetorical question to condemn what Cain had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language.
477	4:10	qix1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“Your brother’s blood is calling out to me from the ground {to avenge him}!” or “Your brother’s blood on the ground is like a voice/person calling out to me {for justice/revenge}!” or “I see your brother’s blood on the ground, and/so I must judge/punish you {for killing/murdering him}!” In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brother’s blood is “like a voice...”, or you could translate this sentence without personification.
478	4:11	ayem			וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה	1	“So/Therefore from now on” or “Because of what you did,”
479	4:11	nr1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה	1	“you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated this in Gen 3:14.
480	4:11	kzep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	“{so that you will not be able to grow food} from the ground/soil,” or “{so that you are banned/banished} from {working/farming} the ground/soil,”
481	4:11	af4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּצְתָ֣ה אֶת פִּ֔י⁠הָ לָ⁠קַ֛חַת אֶת דְּמֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“which is covered/soaked with blood from your brother” or “which is where your brother’s blood spilled/poured out”. In the Hebrew text, “the ground” is personified as if it had a mouth to open. If that is not possible in your language, you could follow one of the alternates above.
482	4:11	rubj			מִ⁠יָּדֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“when/after you killed/murdered him.”
483	4:12	ikp7			כִּ֤י	1	“Whenever” or “{As a result,} whenever”
484	4:12	vpbv			תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“you {try to} cultivate/farm the ground/soil,” See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11.
485	4:12	caed			לֹֽא תֹסֵ֥ף תֵּת כֹּחָ֖⁠הּ לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“it will no longer produce/grow good crops for you.” or “it will not produce/grow enough food/harvest for you anymore.”
486	4:12	azf9			תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	“{From now on,} you will” or “and you will {also}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
487	4:12	ptn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home}.” or “be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth.” or “{be rejected/shunned by people so that you} have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.” The phrase “a fugitive and a wanderer” forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language.
488	4:13	k174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל יְהוָ֑ה	1	“But Cain replied to Yahweh/him,” or “Cain said/replied,”
489	4:13	au2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י	1	“Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more {severely/harshly}”
490	4:13	onrj			מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא	1	“than I am able to”
491	4:13	vjkj			מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא	1	“endure.” or “live/cope with.”
492	4:14	tmvv			הֵן֩	1	“Look/Listen,” This term emphasizes what Cain says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29 and 3:22. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
493	4:14	evll			גֵּרַ֨שְׁתָּ אֹתִ֜⁠י הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם	1	“today you are forcing me away” or “you have now banished/prevented me”. See how you translated “drove/expelled” in Gen 3:24.
494	4:14	xrxp			מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“from {farming/working/cultivating} the ground/land/soil,”
495	4:14	kjbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶסָּתֵ֑ר	1	“and I will be separated from you.” or “and I will be far away from you.” or “and you will no longer bless me.” This clause is probably an idiom that means Cain will be cursed and no longer blessed by God.
496	4:14	jhqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“I will be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home},” or “I will be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
497	4:14	kszf			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה	1	“and” or “so that”
498	4:14	v3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל מֹצְאִ֖⁠י יַֽהַרְגֵֽ⁠נִי	1	“anyone who sees/meets me will kill me!” Cain uses hyperbole here to emphasize his strong emotion. If possible, keep this hyperbole in your translation because it helps communicate how fearful Cain was feeling.
499	4:15	kucp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר ל֣⁠וֹ יְהוָ֗ה	1	“So/But Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,” or “Yahweh said/replied to him/Cain,”
500	4:15	fsei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	לָ⁠כֵן֙	1	“In that case,” or “So then,” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen {because}”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote.
501	4:15	kb8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן & יֻקָּ֑ם	1	“{I will warn everyone that} if anyone kills Cain/you, I will take vengeance/revenge on him {for you}” or “{I will make it clear to everyone that} I will take vengeance/revenge on anyone who kills you” What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation.
502	4:15	eesx			שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם	1	“{and punish him} seven times more {severely} {than I am punishing you}!”
503	4:15	y2v3			וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת	1	“Then Yahweh/he put a {special/distinguishing} sign/symbol on Cain” or “Then Yahweh/he marked Cain with a {special/distinguishing} mark/symbol”. We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is).
504	4:15	cqhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הַכּוֹת אֹת֖⁠וֹ כָּל מֹצְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	“so that anyone who saw/met him would not kill him.” or “to warn everyone who saw/met him not to kill him.” The phrase “strike him” is used here as an idiom that means “kill him”. Do what is best in your language.
505	4:16	mmsm			וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא קַ֖יִן	1	“After that, Cain went/traveled away” or “Then Cain left”
506	4:16	s73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“from Yahweh” or “from the place where Yahweh had been talking to him”. Yahweh is everywhere, so this probably means that after talking to Yahweh, Cain left that place.
507	4:16	iydu			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	“and settled” or “and started living”
508	4:16	ksys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד	1	“in the land/region of/called Nod, {which means “wandering,”}” or “in Nod Land,” The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name “Nod” means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14.
509	4:16	glwo			קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן	1	“{which was} east of {the land/region of/called} Eden.” or “{which was} east of Eden {Land}.” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16.
510	4:17	tgil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Cain had {marital} relations with his wife,” or “Then Cain slept with his wife,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1.
511	4:17	rr2c			וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	“so that she became pregnant and gave birth to”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:1.
512	4:17	i17s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ	1	“{a son named} Enoch.” or “{a son they named} Enoch.” or “{a son whose name was} Enoch.”
513	4:17	a43z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר	1	“And/Now {at/during that time,} Cain was {in the process of} building/constructing a city,” Make sure that your translation of this clause refers to Cain, not Enoch.
514	4:17	isn9			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ שֵׁ֣ם הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	“so he called/named the/that city”
515	4:17	ocqy			כְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם בְּנ֥⁠וֹ חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	“after his son Enoch.” or “Enoch, after his son.” or “Enoch, the same name as his son.”
516	4:18	d1x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙	1	“Later on, Enoch fathered/had” or “When Enoch {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Enoch was the father of”. In this record of Cain’s descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language.
517	4:18	yll5			אֶת עִירָ֔ד	1	“{a son named} Irad,” or “{a son whose name was} Irad,”
518	4:18	zgh0			וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד	1	“Then Irad fathered/had” or “When Irad {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Irad was the father of”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse.
519	4:18	lb2t			אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל	1	“{a son named} Mehujael,” or “{a son whose name was} Mehujael,”
520	4:18	hdkq			וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙	1	“Then Mehujael fathered/had” or “When Mehujael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Mehujael was the father of”
521	4:18	r4oo			אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל	1	“{a son named} Methushael,” or “{a son whose name was} Methushael,”
522	4:18	bw8i			וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד	1	“Then Methushael fathered/had” or “When Methushael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Methushael was the father of”
523	4:18	a3xs			אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	“{a son named} Lamech.” or “{a son whose name was} Lamech.”
524	4:19	sx75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ לֶ֖מֶךְ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים	1	“Then Lamech {grew up, and} he chose two women to be his wives.” or “When Lamech {grew up,} he married two wives/women.” In this context, the phrase “took for himself” is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom.
525	4:19	div9			שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙ עָדָ֔ה	1	“His first wife’s name was Adah,” or “His first wife was named Adah,”
526	4:19	nogk			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית צִלָּֽה	1	“and his second wife’s name was Zillah.” or “and his second/other wife was named Zillah.”
527	4:20	gfmj			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד עָדָ֖ה	1	“Adah gave birth to” or “Adah had”
528	4:20	baqx			אֶת יָבָ֑ל	1	“{a son named} Jabal.” or “{a son whose name was} Jabal.”
529	4:20	w051			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	“He/who was/became” or “He/who {grew up and} became”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
530	4:20	twss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב	1	“the ancestor/first of {all} those/people who”. The phrase “father of” is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He invented this way of living, and many people after him followed his example.
531	4:20	lmj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	יֹשֵׁ֥ב אֹ֖הֶל	1	“are tent dwellers” or “live in portable shelters”. A tent is a portable living place that has walls made of cloth or animal skins and is held up by poles. Tents are used by people who need to take their home with them as they move from place to place, often to find food and water for themselves and their livestock. If people in your language area are not familiar with tents, you could include some of the above information in a footnote.
532	4:20	ifog			וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה	1	“and raise livestock/animals {for a living}.” The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14.
533	4:21	g37o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יוּבָ֑ל	1	“His/Jabal’s brother’s name was Jubal.” or “Jabal had a brother named Jubal.” Jubal was probably younger than Jabal. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2.
534	4:21	wc9b			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	“He/who was/became” or “He/Jubal {grew up and} was/became”
535	4:21	dbuc			אֲבִ֕י כָּל	1	“the ancestor/first of all {those/people} who”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20.
536	4:21	thhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב	1	“play {musical instruments called} harps/lyres and flutes/pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.”
537	4:22	jy3l			וְ⁠צִלָּ֣ה	1	“Zillah{, who was Lamech’s other wife,}” or “{Lamech’s other wife} Zillah”
538	4:22	jm2j			גַם & יָֽלְדָה֙	1	“also {became pregnant and} gave birth to {a son, and they named him}”
539	4:22	nipn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת תּ֣וּבַל קַ֔יִן	1	“Tubal-Cain” or “Tubal-cain” or “Tubalcain”. Be consistent with how you spell this name both times in verse 22.
540	4:22	t53i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹטֵ֕שׁ	1	“who/He was {the first person to} forge/make” or “He {was the first blacksmith and} forged/made” or “He {was the ancestor/first of all those/people who} forge/make”. It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill.
541	4:22	dn66			כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל	1	“all {kinds} of tools {and other things} out of bronze/brass and iron.” or “all {kinds} of bronze/brass and iron things/tools.” The word “tools” that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal.
542	4:22	dmz0			וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה	1	“Tubal Cain had a sister {named} Naamah.” or “Tubal Cain had a sister {whose name was} Naamah.”
543	4:23	apyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ	1	“{One time,} Lamech said {proudly}” or “{One day,} Lamech bragged/boasted”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event.
544	4:23	gae9			לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙	1	“to his {two} wives, “Adah and Zillah,” Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23.
545	4:23	lbpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמַ֣עַן קוֹלִ֔⁠י	1	“listen to what I have to say.” or “listen to what I am going to tell you.” The phrase “my voice” refers here to the words being said. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language.
546	4:23	uqtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נְשֵׁ֣י לֶ֔מֶךְ הַאְזֵ֖נָּה אִמְרָתִ֑⁠י	1	“My wives, listen to this:” or “My wives, listen to me carefully.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes what Lamech says next.
547	4:23	m97i			כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; {he was} a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, {I killed} that man {just} because he bruised/injured me!” (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” In the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. In the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed.
548	4:24	q45d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ	1	“Since {God has promised} to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged {by God} seven times, but” or “God will avenge Cain seven times, but”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
549	4:24	g912			וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה	1	“{I,} Lamech {avenge myself} seventy-seven times!” or “I {avenge myself} 77 times!” Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Lamech” in verses 18-19, 23-24.
550	4:25	rw9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Then Adam slept with his wife {Eve} again,” or “Again Adam had {marital} relations with his wife {Eve},” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in 4:1, 17.
551	4:25	tlhj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן	1	“and she gave birth to a son,” or “so that she {conceived and} bore/had a son,” or “with the result that she {became pregnant and} gave birth to a son,”
552	4:25	uyxx			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“and she named him” or “and she gave him the name”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 3:20.
553	4:25	zfdp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שֵׁ֑ת	1	“Seth, {which means “appointed/granted/given,”}”
554	4:25	yiax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֣י	1	“{She named him that} because {when he was born,} {she had said/exclaimed},” What follows is a direct quote of what Eve said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
555	4:25	pmzd			שָֽׁת לִ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God has granted/given to me”. If you include the meaning of Seth’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “appointed” here, so that it is clear why he was given that name.
556	4:25	dc3s			זֶ֣רַע אַחֵ֔ר	1	“another child”
557	4:25	k147			תַּ֣חַת הֶ֔בֶל	1	“to replace Abel,” or “to take the place of Abel,”
558	4:25	d8wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י הֲרָג֖⁠וֹ קָֽיִן	1	“whom Cain killed/murdered.” For some language it is necessary to put this phrase first in this clause (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “Since Cain killed Abel, God granted me another child to replace him.” Do what is best in your language.
559	4:26	oqgu			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם & יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן	1	“{Later on,} Seth also fathered/had a son,” The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language.
560	4:26	zd7h			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אֱנ֑וֹשׁ	1	“and he named him Enosh.” or “whom he named Enosh.”
561	4:26	tq3j			אָ֣ז	1	“At/During that time” or “That is when”
562	4:26	o4hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הוּחַ֔ל לִ⁠קְרֹ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“people began to address God by his name Yahweh as they worshiped him.” or “people began to worship/praise Yahweh by name.” or “people first called Yahweh by name in their prayers and worship.” The phrase “call on the name of Yahweh” is an idiom that refers to prayers, worship, and praise in which people addressed God directly by his personal name Yahweh. It also implies that they were trusting in him to help and guide them.
563	5:intro	v62r				0	# Genesis 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter provides the first of many lists of descendants in the Bible. This is not a simple list, because the author makes comments about each person. Translators should format this text in the way that is clearest in the project language. Many may choose to introduce each new person in a separate paragraph, as the ULT and UST do.
564	5:1	r7au			זֶ֣ה	1	“Here {is}” or “What follows {is}”
565	5:1	nf58			סֵ֔פֶר	1	“the written {family} record/history of/about” or “the {family} record of”
566	5:1	hbea			תּוֹלְדֹ֖ת אָדָ֑ם	1	“of/about Adam and his descendants:” or “of/about Adam’s family-line/genealogy:”
567	5:1	ztgp			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם & עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	“On the day {that/when} God created/made human beings, he made them”. See how you translated “created” in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27.
568	5:1	c3vh			בִּ⁠דְמ֥וּת אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	“in his own likeness.” or “to be like himself.” God created mankind to be like himself in certain ways, not to be exactly like him in every way (Gen 1:26-27).
569	5:2	sfms			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם	1	“He {also} created them {to be} male and female,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27.
570	5:2	xoeq			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ֗⁠ם	1	“He blessed them” or “He said/promised that he would make them prosper/flourish”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
571	5:2	md6q			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א אֶת שְׁמָ⁠ם֙	1	“and called/named them”. See how you translated the phrase “called...name” in Gen 4:17, 25, 26.
572	5:2	bpym			אָדָ֔ם	1	“human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1.
573	5:2	ocap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם	1	“on the {same} day {that} they were created {by him}.” or “on the {same} day {that} he created them.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the {same} day {that} he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language.
574	5:3	mu3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“When Adam had lived 130 years, he fathered/had {a son}” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered/had {a son}”. Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, “130” here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation.
575	5:3	i5yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who was {a human being} like himself and looked like him,” or “who was like him in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26.
576	5:3	d878			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵֽׁת	1	“and he/Adam named him Seth.” or “Adam named his/that son Seth.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
577	5:4	m5uq			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ יְמֵי אָדָ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֵׁ֔ת	1	“After he/Adam fathered/had Seth, Adam/he lived” or “After Seth’s birth, Adam lived” or “After Seth was born, Adam lived”
578	5:4	dt93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 {more} years after Seth was born,...” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter.
579	5:4	w4va			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam was {also} the father of”. This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
580	5:4	znml			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
581	5:5	exxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֞וּ כָּל יְמֵ֤י אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁר חַ֔י תְּשַׁ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Adam/he lived a total of 930 years,” or “All together Adam/he lived 930 years,” Make sure that the name “Adam” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 1, 3-5.
582	5:5	vx22			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
583	5:6	e8ow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִי־שֵׁ֕ת חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Seth had lived 105 years,” or “When/After Seth was 105 years old,” The events in verse 6 happened before Adam died (verse 5). So if you use a conjunction here, make sure your translation does not sound like verse 6 happened after Adam died.
584	5:6	ac8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enosh.” You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children who were born in this chapter (who were all sons).
585	5:7	zq5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ת אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אֱנ֔וֹשׁ	1	“After he/Seth had Enosh, Seth/he lived” or “After Enosh’s birth, Seth lived” or “After Enosh was born, Seth lived”. In fact, throughout chapter 5, make sure it is clear in your translation whom each pronoun refers to.
586	5:7	axao			שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 807 years,” or “807 {more} years,”
587	5:7	m6hy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4.
588	5:7	qh3m			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
589	5:8	cpt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי שֵׁ֔ת שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Seth/he lived a total of 912 years,” or “All together Seth/he lived 912 years,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Seth” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:25-26; 5:3-4, 6-8.
590	5:8	wfwj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
591	5:9	hpxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י אֱנ֖וֹשׁ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Enosh had lived 90 years,” or “When/After Enosh was 90 years old,” See how you translated the beginning of a similar new paragraph in this genealogy at verse 6.
592	5:9	ealf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Kenan.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Kenan.”
593	5:10	qcro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אֱנ֗וֹשׁ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת קֵינָ֔ן	1	“After he/Enosh had Kenan, Enosh/he lived” or “After Kenan’s birth, Enosh lived” or “After Kenan was born, Enosh lived”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7, and see the notes about that there.
594	5:10	vyfp			חֲמֵ֤שׁ עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 815 years,” or “815 {more} years,”
595	5:10	a9fp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh was {also} the father of”
596	5:10	o420			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
597	5:11	t6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י אֱנ֔וֹשׁ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Enosh/he lived a total of 905 years,” or “All together Enosh/he lived 905 years,” Make sure that the name “Enosh” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 6-7, 9-11.
598	5:11	ajtj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
599	5:12	q01x			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י קֵינָ֖ן שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Kenan had lived 70 years,” or “When/After Kenan was 70 years old,”
600	5:12	s14a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Mahalalel.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Mahalalel.”
601	5:13	x4dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י קֵינָ֗ן אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל	1	“After he/Kenan had Mahalalel, Kenan/he lived” or “After Mahalalel’s birth, Kenan lived” or “After Mahalalel was born, Kenan lived”
602	5:13	ml02			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 840 years,” or “840 {more} years,”
603	5:13	pdi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph.
604	5:13	wayv			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
605	5:14	iukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י קֵינָ֔ן עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Kenan/he lived a total of 910 years,” or “All together Kenan/he lived 910 years,” Make sure that the name “Kenan” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 9-10, 12-14.
606	5:14	qzt5			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
607	5:15	ibht			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Mahalalel had lived 65 years,” or “When/After Mahalalel was 65 years old,”
608	5:15	xypc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Jared.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Jared.”
609	5:16	pue9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֗ל אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת יֶ֔רֶד	1	“After he/Mahalalel fathered/had Jared, Mahalalel/he lived” or “After Jared’s birth, Mahalalel lived” or “After Jared was born, Mahalalel lived”
610	5:16	v7b5			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 830 years,” or “830 {more} years,”
611	5:16	duud			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
612	5:16	w3p0			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
613	5:17	y3k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מַהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Mahalalel/he lived a total of 895 years,” or “All together Mahalalel/he lived 895 years,” Make sure that the name “Mahalalel” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 12-13, 15-17.
614	5:17	k21r			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
615	5:18	k5fo			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־יֶ֕רֶד שְׁתַּ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Jared had lived 162 years,” or “When/After Jared was 162 years old,”
616	5:18	hnj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Enoch.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enoch.”
617	5:19	ttlq			וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֗רֶד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת חֲנ֔וֹךְ	1	“After he/Jared fathered/had Enoch, Jared/he lived” or “After Enoch’s birth, Jared lived” or “After Enoch was born, Jared lived”
618	5:19	dml1			שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,”
619	5:19	qvdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph.
620	5:19	b7tx			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
621	5:20	y9dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי יֶ֔רֶד שְׁתַּ֤יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Jared/he lived a total of 962 years,” or “All together Jared/he lived 962 years,” Make sure that the name “Jared” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 15-16, 18-20.
622	5:20	dsut			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
623	5:21	yd7b			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י חֲנ֔וֹךְ חָמֵ֥שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Enoch had lived 65 years,” or “When/After Enoch was 65 years old,”
624	5:21	q122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Methuselah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Methuselah.”
625	5:22	aw7m			אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח	1	“After he/Enoch had Methuselah,” or “After Methuselah was born,” or “After Methselah’s birth,”
626	5:22	jft2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Enoch walked/lived {closely/faithfully} with God” or “Enoch lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God”. The phrase “walked with” is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language.
627	5:22	t5cg			שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 300 years,” or “for 300 {more} years,”
628	5:22	nvyk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enoch {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
629	5:22	w372			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
630	5:23	q9fs			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י כָּל יְמֵ֣י חֲנ֑וֹךְ חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	“So Enoch/he lived a total of 365 years.” or “All together Enoch/he lived 365 years.” Make sure that the name “Enoch” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 18-19, 21-24.
631	5:24	ovax			וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“{All his life} Enoch/he walked/lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God, and {then}” or “Then while he was {still} living {in a close relationship} with God,”
632	5:24	h09o			וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ	1	“{suddenly} he was not {on earth} {anymore},” or “{suddenly} he was no longer {on earth},” or “he {suddenly} disappeared {from earth},”
633	5:24	qhcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	“because God had taken him away {to be with him}.” It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “…God took him away {to be with him}, so he was {suddenly} no longer {on earth}.” Do what is best in your language.
634	5:25	e0io			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Methuselah had lived 187 years,” or “When/After Methuselah was 187 years old,” Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, and part of verses 3 and 28, and see the note about this at verse 6.
635	5:25	umwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Lamech.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Lamech.”
636	5:26	y4u9			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֗לַח אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת לֶ֔מֶךְ	1	“After he/Methuselah had Lamech, Methuselah/he lived” or “After Lamech’s birth, Methuselah lived” or “After Lamech was born, Methuselah lived”
637	5:26	xyho			שְׁתַּ֤יִם וּ⁠שְׁמוֹנִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 782 years,” or “782 {more} years,”
638	5:26	jiwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Methuselah {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph.
639	5:26	dbig			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
640	5:27	d46p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Methuselah/he lived a total of 969 years,” or “So all together Methuselah/he lived 969 years,” Make sure that the name “Methuselah” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 21-22, 25-27.
641	5:27	bmrx			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
642	5:28	mhbp			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־לֶ֕מֶךְ שְׁתַּ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When/After Lamech had lived 182 years,” or “When/After Lamech was 182 years old,”
643	5:28	ndwx			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד בֵּֽן	1	“he had a son,”
644	5:29	ao6m			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ	1	“and he named him” or “whom he named”
645	5:29	fqyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נֹ֖חַ	1	“Noah, {which means “comfort/relief/rest,”}” If you include the meaning of Noah’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote, so it is clear why he was given that name.
646	5:29	d1z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{because} he said,” or “{He/Lamech named him that because} he had said {about him},” What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
647	5:29	ivc5			זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ	1	“This {son} will relieve us” or “This {son} will give us rest/relief”
648	5:29	gzo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	“from the {difficult} labor and toil/work we have to do with our hands” or “from the difficult/agonizing labor/work that we have to do/suffer”. These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
649	5:29	omyc			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽרְרָ֖⁠הּ יְהוָֽה	1	“because Yahweh has cursed the ground.” or “as we farm/cultivate the ground that Yahweh has cursed.”
650	5:30	d607			וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֗מֶךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	“After he/Lamech fathered Noah, Lamech/he lived” or “After Noah’s birth, Lamech lived” or “After Noah was born, Lamech lived”. Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 26, 30, and part of verses 4 and 22.
651	5:30	gfzu			חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 595 years,” or “595 {more} years,”
652	5:30	gczp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Lamech {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
653	5:30	r87u			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
654	5:31	i74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כָּל יְמֵי לֶ֔מֶךְ שֶׁ֤בַע וְ⁠שִׁבְעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“So Lamech/he lived a total of 777 years,” or “All together Lamech/he lived 777 years,” Consider again how you translated verses that are similar to verse 31; see verses 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 27, 31, and the first half of verses 5 and 23. Also make sure that the name “Lamech” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 25-26, 28-31, and also in 4:18-19, 23-24 for a different person who has the same name.
655	5:31	ojma			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
656	5:32	uzva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠יְהִי נֹ֕חַ בֶּן חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“After Noah was 500 years old,” Noah’s sons were not triplets, but were born in different years after Noah was 500 years old. The way you translate this verse should allow for that meaning.
657	5:32	yohb			וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד נֹ֔חַ	1	“he fathered/had”. Consider again how you translated “fathered” in this chapter; see verses 4, 6-7, 9-10, 12-13, 15-16, 18-19, 25-26, 28, 30, 32.
658	5:32	nl9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	“{sons named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons he/they named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
659	6:intro	ak78				0	# Genesis 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nBeginning in 6:22, the author gives statements summarizing events he tells about again in the text that follows. In the next chapter, the author sometimes gives summary statements that introduce events for the first time. If these statements, and the surrounding events, are not carefully translated, readers can believe that the same events happened twice or three times instead of only one time. Translators should be careful not to give this impression.
660	6:1	pmgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙	1	“Now it happened”. The events in Gen 6:1-2 started happening long before the events in 5:32, so the way your translation begins this verse should allow for that meaning and not begin with a sequence word like “Then”, which would have the wrong meaning here. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “it happened” introduces and emphasizes important background information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
661	6:1	as12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	כִּֽי	1	“{that} when/as” or “that”
662	6:1	mezb			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“human beings” or “people”. See how you translated this term in Gen 5:1-2.
663	6:1	fo85			הֵחֵ֣ל & לָ⁠רֹ֖ב	1	“began to multiply/increase {in number}” or “began to be more/very numerous”
664	6:1	ps4y			עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	“all over the earth” or “throughout the earth/world”
665	6:1	r0sl			וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	“and they were having {many} daughters,”
666	6:2	vn76			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ	1	“then/Then {when those daughters/girls grew up,}” or “{When those daughters/girls grew up,}” Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse one, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language.
667	6:2	w4mk			בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“{some} angels” or “{some} supernatural beings”. The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who “the sons of God” and “the daughters of mankind” refer to (1) nonhuman, god-like beings (supernatural beings), such as demons or angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) who took human form and married the daughters of human beings, which may be what is referred to in 1 Peter 3:19–20; 2 Peter 2:4, and Jude 6. (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line). (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people.
668	6:2	znk3			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ & אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה	1	“saw that the daughters of human beings {were} beautiful,” or “saw that those young women {were} beautiful,” or “saw that they {were} {very} beautiful,”
669	6:2	qnty			וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ	1	“so they married any {of them} that they wanted to.” or “So they chose any/all {of them} that they wanted and married them.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19.
670	6:3	fdyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“Then/So Yahweh said {to himself},” Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your language’s grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand.
671	6:3	n5w7			רוּחִ֤⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “My Spirit” or “I”, which is a way of God referring to himself (Gen 1:2 is similar). (2) “My spirit”, which could refer to God’s breath that gives life (as in Gen 2:7). If the text is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote.
672	6:3	lxhr			לֹֽא־יָד֨וֹן & בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “will not contend with human beings forever,” or “will not put up with human beings forever,” (2) “will not remain/live with/in human beings forever,” The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote.
673	6:3	nsna		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר	1	“because they {are} certainly/very sinful/corrupt.” or “because they {are} only/mere {sinful/corrupt} mortals.” The word “flesh” is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood soon.
674	6:3	u5p6			וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “So they will have 120 years {to repent}.” or “I will give them 120 years {to repent}.” (2) “{From now on,} they/people will have/live {no longer than} 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here.
675	6:4	ynoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים	1	“{People/Giants called} the Nephilim” or “Giants”. Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word “Nephilim” here, treating it as a name. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other time in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4.
676	6:4	mfas			הָי֣וּ בָ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	“lived on the earth” or “were living on the earth”
677	6:4	x5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵם֒ וְ⁠גַ֣ם אַֽחֲרֵי	1	“during that time and also later on,” It may be more natural to put this time phrase first in verse 4 and say, “During that time there were Nephilim/giants living on the earth, when...” Do what is best in your language.
678	6:4	brcd			כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר	1	“{That was/happened} when”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
679	6:4	dopz			בְּנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“angels” or “supernatural beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase in verse 2, and see the important note about that there.
680	6:4	pirs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָבֹ֜אוּ & אֶל	1	“slept with” or “had {marital/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25.
681	6:4	m59u			בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“the daughters of human beings,” or “human women,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
682	6:4	si43			וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and those women gave birth to children for them.” or “and those women had children.”
683	6:4	e4oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֵ֧מָּה	1	“The Nephilim {were}” or “Those/Their children {grew up and} {were/became} {the Nephilim who were}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
684	6:4	yujd			הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים	1	“the powerful men/warriors” or “heroes”
685	6:4	ps8j			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מֵ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם	1	“who lived a long time ago,” or “who lived many years ago,”
686	6:4	xhsv			אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם	1	“{who/and were} famous men.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They {were} the mighty men of renown who...” or “They {were} the famous mighty men who....” Do what is best in your language.
687	6:5	utlu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Yahweh knew” or “Yahweh was aware”. The verb “saw” is used here as an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Do what is best in your language.
688	6:5	ommt			כִּ֥י רַבָּ֛ה רָעַ֥ת הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“how wicked/evil mankind/people had become on the earth,” or “that the people on the earth had become very wicked/evil,”
689	6:5	wy3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל יֵ֨צֶר֙ מַחְשְׁבֹ֣ת לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and that every intention/desire they had in their hearts/minds” or “and that everything they thought about and desired/wanted”. In Hebrew culture the heart is considered the center of thoughts and desires. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom.
690	6:5	efx7			רַ֥ק רַ֖ע	1	“{was} completely evil”
691	6:5	wfz7			כָּל הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	“all the time.” or “constantly.”
692	6:6	kp4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוָ֔ה	1	“As a result, Yahweh/he regretted” or “Yahweh/he regretted”
693	6:6	a0zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּֽי עָשָׂ֥ה אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	“that he had made/created people/them” or “that he had made/created human beings”. See how you translated “mankind” in verses 1, 3, and 5, and consider whether or not it is best to use a pronoun (“them”) here in your language.
694	6:6	xh9g			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{to live} on the earth,”
695	6:6	lbxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְעַצֵּ֖ב אֶל לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and his heart was filled with pain/sadness/grief.” or “and he was/felt extremely/very sad/grieved.” Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
696	6:7	mt6s			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“Then/So Yahweh/he said {to himself},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6.
697	6:7	wbhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶמְחֶ֨ה	1	“I will wash away” or “I will blot out” or “I will completely wipe/destroy”. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here.
698	6:7	ymf2			אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	“{all} the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,” or “from the earth {all} the people whom I created,” or “all the human beings I made on the earth,”
699	6:7	l6r9			מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	“{In fact,} {I will destroy} {not just/only} {all} the people, but also {all} the animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
700	6:7	ilp6			עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ	1	“and/including the creatures that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
701	6:7	cmz9			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“and {all} the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” or “and {all} the birds,”
702	6:7	tgkj			כִּ֥י נִחַ֖מְתִּי	1	“because I am sad/grieved” or “because I regret”. See how you translated “was sorry” or “regretted” in verse 6.
703	6:7	acg2			כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם	1	“that I {ever} made/created them.”
704	6:8	k0ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ מָ֥צָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	“But Noah pleased God.” or “But/However Yahweh was pleased with Noah.” The idiom “find favor” means to please someone. And the idiom “in the eyes of” refers to someone’s opinion about something or someone. Consider whether your language has similar idioms that work well here or whether it is better to translate this sentence without an idiom.
705	6:9	u5k8			אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ	1	“This/Here is {more of} the account/record/history of/about Noah and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Noah and his descendants/family:” Some of Noah’s history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him.
706	6:9	gw44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	נֹ֗חַ	1	“He {was}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah.
707	6:9	zk74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אִ֥ישׁ צַדִּ֛יק	1	“an upright/good man.” or “a man who did what was right.”
708	6:9	w0cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “He {alone} was blameless/faultless {in God’s eyes} among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one {whom God considered} blameless.” (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries.” or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase “without blemish” is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also the word “generation” refers to people who live during the same time period.
709	6:9	ky2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ	1	“{and} he walked {closely/faithfully} with God.” or “{and} he lived in a close/faithful relationship with God.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24.
710	6:10	vdjy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ	1	“Eventually Noah/he fathered/had” or “And {as mentioned before,} Noah/he had”. The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time.
711	6:10	d1np			שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	“three sons, {namely} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “three sons, {whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
712	6:11	f221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“Now {the people of/on} the earth had become corrupt/wicked”. The phrase “the earth” is often used in the Bible to refer to the people who live on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit.
713	6:11	cnh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“in God’s sight/opinion,” or “according to God’s standards,”
714	6:11	rpln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס	1	“and they had filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing violent/lawless things.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated “the earth” earlier in this verse.
715	6:12	czxe			וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	“God saw”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
716	6:12	xmkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה	1	“that {everyone on} the earth was indeed/very corrupt/wicked,” or “how corrupt/wicked {everyone on} the earth had become,” See how you translated “corrupt” and “the earth” in verse 11.
717	6:12	hi89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִּֽי & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר & עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“because all the people on the earth” or “because everyone {living} on earth”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3).
718	6:12	ldf8			הִשְׁחִ֧ית & אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“were living corrupt/wicked lives.” or “were {continually} doing wicked/evil things.” or “were {continually} acting/behaving in evil ways.”
719	6:13	j1na			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים לְ⁠נֹ֗חַ	1	“So/Then God/he said to Noah,”
720	6:13	wv74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	קֵ֤ץ כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ בָּ֣א לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י	1	“I have decided to put an end to all human beings,” or “I am going to destroy all flesh/people,” Be consistent here with how you translated “flesh” in verse 12.
721	6:13	dx95			כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“because they have filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “because all over the earth they are doing violent/lawless things.” See how you translated “violence” in verse 11.
722	6:13	uymq			וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י	1	“Now listen, I” or “In fact, I” This phrase draws extra attention to what God says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
723	6:13	nnog			וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י מַשְׁחִיתָ֖⁠ם	1	“am going to destroy them” or “plan to destroy them” or “will destroy”
724	6:13	dukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“as well as {everything else on} the earth.” or “and {everything else on} the earth {too}.” This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people.
725	6:14	i9zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	עֲשֵׂ֤ה	1	“{Therefore/Consequently} {you must} make/build”
726	6:14	altn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	תֵּבַ֣ת	1	“a {very} large boat/houseboat”. The term “ark” is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the “ark” in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word “ark” throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation.
727	6:14	tpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠ךָ֙	1	“for you/yourself {and your family}”
728	6:14	jqp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר	1	“from gopher/cypress wood {which is good for building boats}.” or “out of the best wood {for building boats}.” It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word “gopher”. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood.
729	6:14	l2wm			קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Build/Construct the ark/boat with compartments/stalls {inside},” or “Make/Build rooms inside the ark/boat,”
730	6:14	kfop			וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ	1	“and {completely} seal/coat it inside and outside”
731	6:14	ch1i			בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר	1	“with pitch/tar {to keep water out}.” or “with pitch/tar {to keep the boat from leaking}.” The Hebrew word “covering” is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking.
732	6:15	qrn8			וְ⁠זֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Build the ark/boat with these dimensions/measurements:” or “You must make/build the ark/boat like this:”
733	6:15	e4re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“It {must be} 140 meters long, 23/twenty-three meters wide, and 14/fourteen meters high.” or “It {must be} 450 feet long, 75/seventy-five feet wide, and 45/forty-five feet high.” A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep “cubits” in the main text (so that the numbers 300, 50 and 30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote.
734	6:16	f4nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	“Make/Build a window/skylight for the ark/boat by finishing {the sides/walls of} the ark/boat to within one cubit below the top/roof {of the ark/boat}.” or “Make/Build a half-meter high window/opening between the top of the walls/sides of the ark and its roof {all the way around}, {to let light and air in}.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about “cubit” in verse 15.
735	6:16	xcyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠פֶ֥תַח הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה בְּ⁠צִדָּ֣⁠הּ תָּשִׂ֑ים	1	“Also put/build a door in the side of the ark/boat.” or “Put/Build a door for the ark/boat in its side.” Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction (“And” or “Also”). Do what is natural in your language.
736	6:16	pt7i			תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ	1	“Make/Build a lower {deck/level}, a middle {deck/level}, and an upper {deck/level} {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build a lower, second/middle, and third/upper story/floor {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build three {complete} levels/floors {on the inside}.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
737	6:17	gjxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1	“Behold/Listen, I myself” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “I” is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
738	6:17	ipl7			מֵבִ֨יא אֶת־הַ⁠מַּבּ֥וּל מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“am going to bring/send a flood on/over the {whole/entire} earth” or “am going to flood the {whole/entire} earth {with water}”
739	6:17	lkym			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת	1	“{in order} to destroy” or “which will destroy”. See how you translated “destroy” in verse 13.
740	6:17	cskc			כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	“all the creatures/beings” or “every creature” or “every living thing”. This phrase is general here and includes people and animals, so you may need to translate the phrase differently here from what you did earlier in verses 12-13 (where the focus seems to be on people).
741	6:17	wwec			אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים	1	“that breathe/breathes {air}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
742	6:17	jqbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“from under the sky.” For some languages it may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “to destroy every living thing under the heavens/sky that has the breath of life in it.” Do what is best in your language.
743	6:17	o6ky			כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“{As a result,} every {living} thing/being that {is/lives} on land”
744	6:17	f07y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִגְוָֽע	1	“will breathe out {its last breath}!” or “will die/perish!” The verb “expire” (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here.
745	6:18	dkie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֥י	1	“But/However I will make/institute” or “But/However I will set up”. The word “establish” means to deliberately and formally put something into effect.
746	6:18	s3cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“a covenant between me and you,” or “a {special/peace} agreement between me and you,” This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate “covenant” here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.”
747	6:18	edeh			וּ⁠בָאתָ֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“so you must enter the ark/boat,” or “so you must get on board the ark/boat,”
748	6:18	sxiu			אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and {take} your sons, your wife, and your sons’ wives with you.” or “and {take} with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.”
749	6:19	g341			וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“Also, from every {kind of} living creature, {yes,} from every {kind of} animal, you must bring/take two/pairs of each {kind} into the ark/boat” or “You must also bring/take into the ark/boat two/pairs of every {kind of} living creature, including every {kind of} animal,”
750	6:19	e4sw			לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“{in order} to keep {them} alive with you.” or “so that they stay alive with you.”
751	6:19	ew4s			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ	1	“They must be male and female {pairs}.” or “Each pair must have/include a/one male and a/one female.” or “Make sure that there are male and female {pairs} {of each kind}.”
752	6:20	tuxp			מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	“{Males and females} from/of every kind/type of bird,”
753	6:20	li2p			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“and from/of every kind of animal,”
754	6:20	tymx			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“including every kind of creature that moves/lives on the ground/land,” This phrase emphasizes that the birds and animals mentioned in the first half of this verse lived on land.
755	6:20	aqyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“two/pairs of every kind {of animal} will come to you” or “two/pairs of each kind {of animal} will come to you”. For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you” Do what is best in your language.
756	6:20	gcv1			לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת	1	“to keep {them} alive {on/in the ark/boat}.” or “{into the ark/boat} so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive {in the ark/boat}.”
757	6:21	hpvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה	1	“You” or “You {and your family}”. Although the pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since God’s instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language.
758	6:21	wvi8			קַח־לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	“must {also} {gather and} take/bring” or “must {also} gather”
759	6:21	kcf9			מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙	1	“every {kind of} food” or “all the different kinds of food”
760	6:21	foah			אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	“that is eaten {by people and animals}” or “that people and animals eat” or “that you and {all} the animals/creatures will need”
761	6:21	p7aq			וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“and store/stockpile/put it {on the ark/boat} with you,”
762	6:21	klow			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה & לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	“This/That will be the food supply” or “so that there will be {enough} food”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
763	6:21	b77w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“for you {and your family}”. Consider again how you translated the pronoun “you” in this verse.
764	6:21	e3n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“and for {all} the animals.”
765	6:22	gvtb			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ	1	“So, {that is what} Noah did;” or “Noah did {all of that}”. Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language.
766	6:22	jpgk			כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה	1	“he did everything just/exactly as God had commanded/told him {to do}.”
767	7:intro	n23k				0	# Genesis 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, the author continues his pattern of statements that summarize events already described, and of repeating events that have already happened. Again, careful translation is necessary so that readers do not think that the same events happened more than one time in the story. Special attention in this regard should be given to 7:5,10,13, and 17.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Clean animals and birds\n\nNoah sacrificed to Yahweh some of the “clean” animals and birds that he had with him (8:20). These were animals and birds that the Hebrew people would later consider to be fit to eat and to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### Water underneath and over the earth\n\nThe flood is presented as occurring because of rain pouring out of the sky and because of seawater rising from under the earth. This is because the ancient Hebrews pictured the earth as resting on top of the sea. They also pictured the sky as containing water above the earth that poured down through windows in the sky when God allowed it to rain. Translators should not try to change this picture in order to suit what readers believe about the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
768	7:1	k23r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ	1	“Then {after they had finished building the ark/boat,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” or “{When/After the ark/boat was finished,} Yahweh told/commanded Noah,” For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language.
769	7:1	hvzy			בֹּֽא אַתָּ֥ה וְ⁠כָל בֵּיתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Enter/Board the ark/boat, along with your entire family,” or “You and your entire household/family must go/get into the ark/boat,” See how you translated “ark/boat” in Gen 6:14-16.
770	7:1	el0w			כִּֽי & רָאִ֛יתִי	1	“because I have found” or “because I see/know”
771	7:1	cg2s			אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ & צַדִּ֥יק	1	“{that} you {alone} {are} upright” or “{that} you {are} {the only one who is} living righteously/rightly” or “...living the right way”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous. See how you translated “righteous” in Gen 6:9.
772	7:1	ifig			לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	“in my sight/eyes/opinion” or “according to my standards/will”
773	7:1	jbhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	“among the people living today.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “...you {are} {the only one} among the people living today {who is} righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language.
774	7:2	plj4			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה	1	“From every {kind of} pure animal” or “From every {kind of} animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”. It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a “clean animal” was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus.
775	7:2	f83c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תִּֽקַּח לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	“bring with you”. The pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text, but could be translated as a plural to include Noah’s family.
776	7:2	mvwj			שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated “male and female” in Gen 6:19.
777	7:2	lwul			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה	1	“and from {every kind of} unclean/impure animal” or “and from {every kind of} animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice”
778	7:2	wv9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“{take} a/one male and female pair,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every {kind of} clean/pure animal, and {one} male and female pair of {every kind of} unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language.
779	7:3	oyjz			גַּ֣ם	1	“{and} also” or “In addition,” or “Also,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
780	7:3	jjfy			מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם	1	“from {every kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air” or “from {every kind/type of} bird”
781	7:3	yls2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	“{take} seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also {take} seven male and female pairs of {every kind of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air,...” Do what is best in your language.
782	7:3	y6qa			לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע	1	“so that {later} their offspring will live” or “so that {later} they will have offspring that will live”
783	7:3	pazh			עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{and spread} all over the earth,” or “and/to repopulate the whole/entire earth,”
784	7:4	yy52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי֩	1	“{You must do that,} because” or “The reason {you must do that} is”. For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
785	7:4	dftv			לְ⁠יָמִ֨ים ע֜וֹד שִׁבְעָ֗ה	1	“seven days from now/today”. The phrase, “seven more days” could be translated “another week” here and in verse 11. However, it is probably best to keep the number seven in the text in both places, especially since the number seven often signifies perfection or completion in the Bible, perhaps also here.
786	7:4	xtx7			אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר	1	“I will make it rain {continuously}” or “I will send rain”
787	7:4	tldc			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world”
788	7:4	oj9l			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה	1	“{for} forty days and nights,” This refers to forty complete 24-hour days.
789	7:4	g4jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי	1	“in order to wipe/blot out” or “That will wash away” or “In that way, I will completely destroy”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:7.
790	7:4	r62g			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔יתִי	1	“every living creature that I have made” or “all the living things/creatures that I have made”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“living creature”) in Gen 6:19.
791	7:4	ne24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“off/from the surface of the earth.” or “off/from the earth/land.” It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “in order to completely destroy from/off the ground/earth every living creature/thing that I have made.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:7.
792	7:5	juaw			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר	1	“Then/So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything {exactly} as”
793	7:5	jv8k			צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	“Yahweh had commanded/told him {to do}.” See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5.
794	7:6	r7or		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ בֶּן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל	1	“Noah/He was 600 years old”. See how you handled large numbers in Gen 5 and in Gen 6:3, and see the note about this at Gen 5:3. Also see how you translated the idiom “son of...years” in Gen 5:32.
795	7:6	j0wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל הָיָ֔ה מַ֖יִם עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“when the flood covered the earth.” or “when the earth was covered/flooded with deep water.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “When the flood waters came on the earth, Noah was 600 years old.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “floodwaters” in Gen 6:17.
796	7:7	xwa2			וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“{That is when} Noah/he and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark/boat”. Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (See verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18.
797	7:7	tiry			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י	1	“because of” or “to escape from” or “to keep them safe from” or “so that they would not die in”
798	7:7	go2s			מֵ֥י הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“the floodwaters.” or “the flood.”
799	7:8	tg96			מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה	1	“{Also,} {every kind of} clean/pure animal and {every kind of} unclean/impure animal”. See how you translated “clean” and “unclean” animals in verse 2.
800	7:8	wqej			וּ⁠מִ֨ן הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	“and {every kind of} bird,”
801	7:8	ca9u			וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “including every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” or “which includes every {kind of creature/animal} that moves/lives on land,” According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). (2) “as well as every {kind of} creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds.
802	7:9	nob2			שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“came to Noah in pairs {and came/went} into the ark/boat,” or “came in pairs and entered the ark/boat with Noah,”
803	7:9	nt73			זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	“{They were} male and female pairs,” or “Each pair had one male and one female,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
804	7:9	vu6n			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ	1	“which was exactly what God had commanded/told Noah/him {to take/bring along}.”
805	7:10	e3k7			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	“So it happened {that}” or “Then”. This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
806	7:10	v4ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	“when the seven days {that God had spoken about} had passed,” or “after seven days,” This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear.
807	7:10	vud7			וּ⁠מֵ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֔וּל הָי֖וּ עַל	1	“the floodwaters started to come on/over” or “water started to flood/cover”
808	7:10	d4xi			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“the {entire/whole} earth.”
809	7:11	h4ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֤וֹת שָׁנָה֙ לְ⁠חַיֵּי נֹ֔חַ	1	“When Noah was 600 years old,” Compare how you translated Noah’s age in verse 6.
810	7:11	e0a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“on the seventeenth day of the second month {of the year},” For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language.
811	7:11	qs0m			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה	1	“on that {same/very} day” or “that is the day when”
812	7:11	k61q			כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙	1	“all the springs” or “all the {underground} water sources”
813	7:11	v29r			תְּה֣וֹם רַבָּ֔ה	1	“in the deep ocean”
814	7:11	dtni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נִבְקְעוּ֙	1	“split/ripped open,” or “started gushing/pouring out water,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “water started gushing/pouring out of all the fountains/springs in the deep ocean,” Do what is best in your language.
815	7:11	d3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ	1	“and {all} the windows/floodgates in the heavens/sky were opened {by God},” or “{God also caused} the water in the heavens/sky to start coming/pouring down, as if he had opened {huge} windows/floodgates/faucets {in the heavens/sky},”
816	7:12	uyzz			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם	1	“so that {torrential/heavy} rain fell/poured {continuously}” or “so that it rained {continuously}”
817	7:12	gvln			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth”
818	7:12	itlr			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	“{for} forty days and nights.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
819	7:13	enc3			בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙	1	“{So it was/happened that} on the {very} same day {that the flood/rain started},” This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark.
820	7:13	m0hx			נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם	1	“Noah and his sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, along with his wife and his sons’ three wives {all}” or “Noah and his wife and his/their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives {all}”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7.
821	7:13	q42f			בָּ֣א & אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“entered/boarded the ark/boat,”
822	7:14	u7hi			הֵ֜מָּה וְ⁠כָל	1	“They had/took with them every”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
823	7:14	qs6f			וְ⁠כָל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠כָל	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “every kind of living thing/creature, including every” (2) “every kind of wild animal, and every”. The animal groups listed in verse 14 show that every kind of animal was to be brought onto the ark. Your language may have a different way of grouping animals. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that all the different kinds of birds and land animals are included.
824	7:14	nbh7			וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	“every kind of livestock,” or “every kind of domestic/tame animal,”
825	7:14	cm34			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and every {other} kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best. (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,”
826	7:14	hfxm			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף	1	“and every kind of bird {and} everything {else} that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird {and} every {other} {kind of} creature that flies.” This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects.
827	7:15	an75			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“They came to Noah {and went/came} into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9.
828	7:15	ob0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר	1	“pairs of every {kind of} creature/animal” or “pairs of every {kind of} living thing/creature”. The word “flesh” refers here to any kind of creature or animal.
829	7:15	kzj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים	1	“that breathes {air}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every {kind of} living thing that breathes {air} came to Noah {and went} into the boat.” Do what is best in your language.
830	7:16	ihzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים	1	“The pairs/animals that went/came into {the ark/boat}” or “Those animals”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use “went” or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated “went” in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15.
831	7:16	oj6d			זָכָ֨ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֤ה	1	“{were} male and female {pairs}”
832	7:16	wggh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙	1	“from/of every {kind of} creature/animal,” or “from/of every {kind of} living thing,” See how you translated “all flesh” in verse 15.
833	7:16	an9a			בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“which was exactly what God had commanded him/Noah {to take/bring along}.” See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9.
834	7:16	blj8			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ	1	“After that, Yahweh shut them in/inside {the ark/boat}.” or “Then {after they were all inside,} Yahweh shut/closed the door {of the ark/boat} behind him/them.”
835	7:17	z3pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י הַ⁠מַּבּ֛וּל	1	“After that the floodwaters/water kept getting deeper and deeper” or “The floodwaters/water kept coming”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is natural in your language. Also, notice that verses 17-20 talk about the forty days and nights that the flood kept getting deeper and deeper.
836	7:17	g7fx			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth”
837	7:17	xy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם	1	“{for} forty days {and forty nights},” For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “{For} forty days {and forty nights} the flood kept getting deeper and deeper {all} over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
838	7:17	nndw			וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	“and as the water level rose,” or “As the water got deeper and deeper,”
839	7:17	xs45			וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“it lifted up the ark/boat so that it floated {on the water} {high} above the earth/ground.” or “it made the ark/boat lift/rise up off the ground and float.”
840	7:18	dkud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם	1	“So the floodwaters continued to rise and get much deeper/higher” or “Yes, the floodwaters/water continued...” or “The floodwaters/water continued...” Verse 18 repeats some of verse 17 to emphasize what happened. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language.
841	7:18	tfc3			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world,”
842	7:18	utly			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	“but/while the ark/boat floated {safely}” or “so that the ark/boat moved/drifted {about/along}”
843	7:18	daf9			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“on the surface of the water.” or “on top of the water.” or “on the water.”
844	7:19	cjmw			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם גָּֽבְר֛וּ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹ֖ד עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“At last, the waters became very deep on/over the earth/world, so that” or “Eventually the water became so high/deep on/over the earth/world that”
845	7:19	sfrb			כָּל הֶֽ⁠הָרִים֙ הַ⁠גְּבֹהִ֔ים	1	“{even} all the highest mountains”
846	7:19	jvbk			אֲשֶׁר תַּ֖חַת כָּל הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“everywhere under the sky”
847	7:19	p6av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ	1	“were covered {with/by water}.” or “were submerged {in/under water}.” or “were under water.” For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it {even} covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language.
848	7:20	yd7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	“{In fact,} the water rose {at least} seven meters above {the tops of} the {highest} mountains,” or “{In fact,} the {highest} mountain tops were covered with/by {at least} twenty-two feet of water,” See how you translated “cubits” in Gen 6:15-16.
849	7:20	aidy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים	1	“so that they were {completely} covered {with/by water}.” or “...{completely} submerged {in/under water}.” or “...{completely} under water.” See how you translated “were covered” in verse 19.
850	7:21	j1r4			וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע כָּל בָּשָׂ֣ר	1	“Then all the creatures/beings” or “Then every creature” or “Then every living thing”. This phrase refers to everything listed in verse 21, including people. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17.
851	7:21	jg81			הָ⁠רֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	“that moved/lived on the ground” or “that lived on land”
852	7:21	dnqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע	1	“breathed out {its last breath},” or “died/perished,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17.
853	7:21	wh52			בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	“That included {all} the birds, the livestock,” or “including {all} the birds, the domestic/tame animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
854	7:21	zw53			וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and the {other} living things/creatures” (2) “and the wild animals”
855	7:21	edpc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“including every {kind of} creature/animal that lived in large groups/numbers on the earth,”
856	7:21	q5y5			וְ⁠כֹ֖ל הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“in addition to all the human beings.” or “as well as all the people.”
857	7:22	vfi8			כֹּ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁמַת ר֨וּחַ חַיִּ֜ים בְּ⁠אַפָּ֗י⁠ו	1	“Every living creature/thing that breathed air”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 15.
858	7:22	impv			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֶּ⁠חָֽרָבָ֖ה מֵֽתוּ	1	“and was/lived on dry land died.”
859	7:23	mudq			וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח	1	“That is how Yahweh washed away” or “In that way, Yahweh blotted out” or “...completely destroyed”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 4.
860	7:23	k1dj			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְק֣וּם	1	“every living creature” or “all living things/creatures”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
861	7:23	lthw			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	“that {was/lived} on the surface of the earth,” or “that {were/lived} on the earth/land,” See how you translated “the surface of the ground” in verse 4.
862	7:23	sgaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם	1	“including {all} mankind/people”. See how you translated “mankind” in verse 21.
863	7:23	fnpu			עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	“and {all} the livestock and {all the other} creatures/animals that moved/lived {on the ground/land}” or “and {all} the animals, including smaller creatures/animals that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
864	7:23	qtlr			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“and also the birds {that flew} in the sky.” or “and also the birds.” Some languages leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language.
865	7:23	ugs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{All of} them were {completely} wiped/washed off the earth {by Yahweh/God},” or “He/God completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, he/God completely destroyed everything {that lived} on the earth,” See how you translated “wipe...off” in verse 4.
866	7:23	sm4h			וַ⁠יִשָּׁ֧אֶר אַךְ נֹ֛חַ	1	“so that only Noah was left/still alive, along with” or “so that the only ones who were left/still alive were Noah and” or “Only Noah survived, along with”. Some translations leave out the first conjunction and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
867	7:23	qord			וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“and his family and the animals that were with him/them in the ark/boat.” or “along with his family...”
868	7:24	j5a8			וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם עַל	1	“{Deep} water continued to flood/cover” or “The floodwaters stayed/remained deep/high over”
869	7:24	p4ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	“the {entire} earth/world {for} 150 days.” See how you handled a large number in verse 6.
870	8:intro	z61w				0	# Genesis 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:22, which is part of what Yahweh was telling Noah.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Flood waters\nThe waters receded after this great flood. Because there was so much water, and it came from God, it is described in a unique way.\n\n### The mountains of Ararat\nIt is unclear where Ararat was located. Many people believe it is located in the modern country of Turkey.
871	8:1	vjhe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“God kept in mind” or “But God did not forget” or “God never forgot”. The phrase “God remembered” is an idiom in the Bible that often means God was paying special attention to certain people and was about to do something. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not imply that God had forgotten about Noah.
872	8:1	yash		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	“Noah {and his family}”. Noah is the one that the author is focusing on here, but Noah’s family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation.
873	8:1	zvki			וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and all the creatures/animals, including” (2) “and all the wild animals and”. See how you translated “living thing” in Gen 7:14.
874	8:1	ujic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“all the domestic/tame animals that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat,” Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language.
875	8:1	vu2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר אֱלֹהִ֥ים ר֨וּחַ֙ עַל	1	“and he sent a wind over” or “So God/he caused/sent a wind to blow over”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
876	8:1	ruy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{the water that was covering/over} the earth,”
877	8:1	u9g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	“so that the floodwaters/water {started to} recede/decrease.” or “so that the water {level} {started to} go down.” Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this clause should allow for that.
878	8:2	u995		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	“{He also caused} the fountains/springs in the deep {ocean} to stop {gushing out water}, and {he caused} the rain/water to stop pouring from the sky,” or “{God/He also} stopped the water from {gushing out of} springs/places at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from pouring/coming from the heavens/sky,” See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11.
879	8:2	q4gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּלֵ֥א הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	“so that rain stopped falling/coming from the sky.” or “so that it stopped raining.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or a passive verb here, and in the previous clause.
880	8:3	kqse			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֧בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם & הָל֣וֹךְ וָ⁠שׁ֑וֹב	1	“Then the floodwaters/water steadily/gradually went down”
881	8:3	fmzv			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“from {the surface of} the land/ground,”
882	8:3	vzel			מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	“so that after the 150 days {had passed},” or “After the 150 days {had passed},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time.
883	8:3	rxcd			הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	“the water {level}” or “it”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse.
884	8:3	dw9j			וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ	1	“had gone down,” or “had subsided,”
885	8:4	aqon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח	1	“so {much/far/low} that”
886	8:4	w92a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“on the seventeenth day of the seventh month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11.
887	8:4	fvzr			וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח הַ⁠תֵּבָה֙	1	“the ark/boat came to rest” or “the ark/boat settled/landed”
888	8:4	xogo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י	1	“on a mountain” or “on {one of} the mountains”. The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range.
889	8:4	agk1			אֲרָרָֽט	1	“in {the land/region of} Ararat.” or “in the Ararat {mountain range}.”
890	8:5	zz83			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	“Then the water/floodwaters” or “The water/floodwaters”
891	8:5	x2pm			הָיוּ֙ הָל֣וֹךְ וְ⁠חָס֔וֹר	1	“continued to go down/away” or “kept decreasing/subsiding”. See how you translated “decreased” in verse 3.
892	8:5	ao6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	“until the tenth month {of the year}. On the first day of that month,” or “until on the first {day} of the tenth month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4.
893	8:5	de4l			רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים	1	“the peaks of the {surrounding} mountains” or “the mountaintops”
894	8:5	gs9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִרְא֖וּ	1	“could be seen {above the water} {by Noah}.” or “became visible {above the water}.” or “appeared {above the surface of the water}.”
895	8:6	dbs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם	1	“After forty {more} days {had passed},” The phrase “Then it happened” focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
896	8:6	cff8			וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח נֹ֔חַ אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן	1	“Noah opened a window”. It is not clear when Noah made this window. It may refer to the opening around the top of the walls of the ark (Gen 6:16) or a different window that he made sometime later.
897	8:6	l2kv			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	“that he had made in the ark/boat,”
898	8:7	x995			וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֖ח	1	“and he released” or “and he set free”
899	8:7	wdl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב	1	“{a large black bird called} a raven”. A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird {like a...}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is.
900	8:7	ncnh			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב	1	“which kept/continued flying back and forth {outside the ark/boat}” or “but it kept flying around {outside the ark/boat}”
901	8:7	e1go			עַד & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“until the water/floodwaters”
902	8:7	r082			יְבֹ֥שֶׁת & מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“had dried up {more} from the ground/land.” This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet.
903	8:8	xr9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח	1	“Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} sent out” or “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah {also} released”. The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language.
904	8:8	ijuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark/boat” or “a {small bird called a} dove”. A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird {like a...}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is.
905	8:8	c4yx			לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	“to find out if/whether the floodwaters/water had receded”
906	8:8	zx1c			מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“from the surface of the land.” or “from the ground/land.”
907	8:9	mgxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לֹֽא־מָצְאָה֩ הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֨ה	1	“But the dove could not find” or “But it was not able to find”. Consider what is the best way to refer to the dove at this point in the paragraph in your language.
908	8:9	fpmf			מָנ֜וֹחַ לְ⁠כַף רַגְלָ֗⁠הּ	1	“anywhere to land/perch and rest,” In Hebrew the word “dove” is grammatically a feminine noun (for both male and female doves), so some translations say “her feet...she returned...” here. For languages such as English that do not assign grammatical gender to nouns, it is more accurate to use “its” and “it” here, because it is not known whether this dove was male or female. Do what is best in your language.
909	8:9	z0lc			וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב	1	“So/Then it returned” or “So/Then the dove flew back”
910	8:9	okue			אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“flew back to him/Noah in/at the ark/boat,”
911	8:9	g9b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“because water was {still} covering the entire earth/world.” Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was {still} covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached...” Do what is best in your language.
912	8:9	k23d			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָד⁠וֹ֙	1	“Then/So he/Noah reached out” or “and he/Noah reached out”
913	8:9	eyin			וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֔⁠הָ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ	1	“caught it, and brought it”
914	8:9	hq6l			אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“{back} to himself in the ark/boat.” or “{back} into the ark/boat.”
915	8:10	y0bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד	1	“He/Noah waited”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction.
916	8:10	swvu			שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים	1	“seven more days,”
917	8:10	nxwx			וַ⁠יֹּ֛סֶף שַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“then he sent the dove out from the ark/boat another time.” or “then he released the dove from the ark/boat again.”
918	8:11	b9p3			וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠יּוֹנָה֙ לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב	1	“That evening the dove returned to him/Noah,” or “When it was evening, the dove returned to him/Noah,”
919	8:11	ilgw			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and surprisingly,” or “and he/Noah saw that”
920	8:11	wm5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ	1	“{it was holding} a newly picked {green} leaf from an olive tree in its mouth/beak.” or “{the dove had} a {green} leaf in its mouth/beak that it had just picked/taken from an olive tree.” An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them.
921	8:11	or72			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע נֹ֔חַ	1	“Then Noah realized” or “That is how Noah/he knew/realized”
922	8:11	z04k			כִּי & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“that the water/floodwaters”
923	8:11	noj3			קַ֥לּוּ	1	“had receded” or “had gone down {more/further}”. See how you translated “subsided” in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5.
924	8:11	oy8e			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“from the ground/land.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
925	8:12	eeml			וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים	1	“He waited another seven days, then” or “After he waited seven more days,”
926	8:12	feu0			וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה	1	“he released the dove {again},” See how you translated “sent out” in verses 7, 8, and 10.
927	8:12	rnay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד	1	“but {this time} it did not come back to him again {because it found a dry place to land/live}.” Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers’ understanding, or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar.
928	8:13	kogb			וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי	1	“So it happened {that}” or “So it was,”
929	8:13	o42y			בְּ⁠אַחַ֨ת וְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֜וֹת שָׁנָ֗ה	1	“In {his/Noah’s} 601st year,” or “when {Noah was} 601 years old,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11.
930	8:13	in0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	“in the first {month} {of the year}, on the first {day} of the month,” or “on the first {day} of the first month {of the year},”
931	8:13	w07v			חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“the water was drying up” or “the water had {almost} dried up”. Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14).
932	8:13	nmrd			מֵ⁠עַ֣ל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“from the ground/land.”
933	8:13	zuj2			וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙	1	“So Noah/he took off {part of}” or “made an opening in”
934	8:13	leq8			אֶת מִכְסֵ֣ה הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“the roof that was covering the ark/boat” or “the roof of the ark/boat”
935	8:13	kuyo			וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא	1	“and looked {around/out},”
936	8:13	sg80			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and indeed,” or “and he saw that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
937	8:13	nh2g			פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“the land’s surface” or “the ground/land”
938	8:13	o3sh			חָֽרְב֖וּ	1	“was drying off.” or “was {almost} dry.”
939	8:14	j99d			וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	“Then by the twenty-seventh day of the second month {of the year},” See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13.
940	8:14	bys7			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“the land/ground”. Notice that the land/ground was dry here, not the entire earth. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 3, 7, 11, 13-14.
941	8:14	r70v			יָבְשָׁ֖ה	1	“had dried off.” In this context “dry” means that the ground was dry enough to walk on and live on without getting stuck in mud. Make sure your translation does not imply that it was so dry that nothing would grow on it (like a desert).
942	8:15	hn11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֥חַ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“Then/So God said to Noah,” or “Then God commanded Noah,” See how you translated “said to Noah” in Gen 7:1.
943	8:16	so3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צֵ֖א מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	“Come out of/from the ark/boat” or “Disembark from the ark/boat”. Consider whether “come” or “go” is more natural here in your language. Also, some languages have a special term for getting off a boat that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
944	8:16	c8gq			אַתָּ֕ה וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	“together with” or “with”
945	8:16	eqyj			וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ	1	“your wife, your sons,”
946	8:16	y4un			וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and your sons’ wives.” or “and their wives.”
947	8:17	u569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הוצא אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Bring/Take with you” or “Bring/Take out”. Consider whether “bring” or “take” is more natural here in your language.
948	8:17	s8b9			כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר	1	“all the living things/creatures that {are}” or “all the animals that {are}”
949	8:17	ngp1			־אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1	“with you {in the ark/boat},” or “in the ark/boat,”
950	8:17	nn5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	“all the animals,” or “all of them,” See how you translated “flesh” in Gen 7:15-16.
951	8:17	guxs			בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה	1	“including the birds, domestic/tame animals,”
952	8:17	ii1h			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and every {other} creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock. (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground.
953	8:17	qfw9			עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“on the ground,” or “on land,”
954	8:17	ubmo			וְ⁠שָֽׁרְצ֣וּ בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“Then they will/can live/spread all over the earth/world”
955	8:17	vpty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠פָר֥וּ	2	“{yes,} they will have many offspring/young”. The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with “abound on the earth” that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events.
956	8:17	kz24			וְ⁠רָב֖וּ	1	“and increase {in number}” or “and become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful” and “multiply” in Gen 1:22, 28.
957	8:17	oe06			עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{all} over the earth/world.” or “throughout the earth.”
958	8:18	m38a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ	1	“Then/So Noah went/came out {of the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah disembarked {from the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah got off {the ark/boat},”
959	8:18	fxvc			וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives {went} with him.” or “along/together with his wife and his sons and their wives.” See how you translated this list of Noah’s family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context.
960	8:19	f790			כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֗ה	1	“Every living creature,” or “All the animals,”
961	8:19	ohu5			כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	“{including} every animal/creature that crawls” or “{including} all the animals/creatures that crawl”
962	8:19	uqhw			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֔וֹף	1	“and all the birds”
963	8:19	tfez			כֹּ֖ל	1	“{yes,} every creature” or “{and} everything {else}”
964	8:19	la0w			רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“that moves/lives on the ground,” or “that lives on land,” This phrase refers here to the land, not the entire planet earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse 17.
965	8:19	s8uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָצְא֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	“{also} went/came out of the ark/boat”. Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language.
966	8:19	j4js			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“{grouped} by their kinds.” or “in groups of their own kind.” or “one family/kind after another.”
967	8:20	ap9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	“Then Noah built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “Then Noah built/made a {sacrifice} table/mound {with large stones}”. An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God.
968	8:20	c6ri			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	“{to offer sacrifices} to Yahweh,” or “{dedicated} to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,”
969	8:20	penu			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח	1	“Then/Next he selected/chose”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
970	8:20	ehez			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר	1	“{some/one} from/of every {kind of} clean/pure animal and {some/one of} every {kind of} clean/pure bird,” or “{some/one} from/of every {kind of} animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”. In the Bible, a “clean” animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8.
971	8:20	rdoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	“and he {killed them and} offered/sacrificed them as burnt offerings {to Yahweh} on the altar.” or “and he {killed them and} burned {their bodies} on the altar as offerings/gifts {to Yahweh} {to worship/honor/thank him}.” Notice that animals were not burned alive, but were killed first. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation.
972	8:21	rabn			וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒	1	“Yahweh smelled the pleasant/sweet aroma/smell {of the sacrifices},” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma {of the sacrifices}, he was pleased,”
973	8:21	pjky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“and/so he said/thought to himself,” Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that would work well here, or whether it is better to translate this without an idiom.
974	8:21	wfkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	לֹֽא־אֹ֠סִף לְ⁠קַלֵּ֨ל ע֤וֹד אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	“I will never again curse/devastate the ground/earth”. Make sure that your translation of “curse” does not imply the use of magic.
975	8:21	ukf5			בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“because of mankind{’s sins},” or “to punish mankind {for their sins},”
976	8:21	oonb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע	1	“{even} though the intentions/desires of their hearts/minds/thinking {are} evil” or “{even} though everything they desire {is} evil”. See how you translated “inclination” in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5.
977	8:21	x9w9			מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו	1	“from youth/childhood {onward}.” or “from the time they are young/children.”
978	8:21	sf7h			וְ⁠לֹֽא אֹסִ֥ף ע֛וֹד	1	“I will never again” or “Nor will I ever again”
979	8:21	eku1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הַכּ֥וֹת	1	“destroy/annihilate/kill”. Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that fits well here.
980	8:21	fwl7			אֶת כָּל חַ֖י	1	“every living {creature}” or “all living {things/creatures}”
981	8:21	chnf			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי	1	“as I {just} did.” or “the way I {just} did.”
982	8:22	iep2			עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“As long as the earth {still} exists/lasts,”
983	8:22	cskk			זֶ֡רַע	1	“seed-planting time/season” or “the time/season for planting seeds”
984	8:22	v2j4			וְ֠⁠קָצִיר	1	“and harvest {time/season},” or “the time/season for harvesting/gathering {crops}”
985	8:22	xw8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם	1	“cold {weather/season} and hot {weather/season},” These terms form a parallelism with “summer and winter”. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different emphasis.
986	8:22	io1a			וְ⁠קַ֧יִץ וָ⁠חֹ֛רֶף	1	“summer and winter,” The seasons of summer and winter may be described differently depending on which part of the world your language area is located in. For example, some translations might use the terms “dry season” and “rainy/wet season”, depending on what best corresponds to summer and winter in that area.
987	8:22	zj8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ	1	“will never cease/stop.” or “will always continue {to happen/occur} {each year}.” It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, {each year} there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest {crops}, as well as cold {weather} and hot {weather}, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language.
988	9:intro	at1n				0	# Genesis 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 9:6-7, which is the poetic part of the quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. They also set apart 9:25-27, which contains two quotations.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:6 and 9:25-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Man’s relationship to animals\nThere is a noticeable shift in man’s relationship with the animals on the earth. Before the flood, there apparently was harmony between man and the animals. After the flood, the animals fear man and man is permitted to eat the animals, something he was not allowed to do previously. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Life in the blood\nThis chapter introduces the concept that there is life in the blood of an animal and in man. In Hebrew thought, blood represents the life present in a living thing. This is an image used throughout Scripture. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n### Covenant with Noah\nGod made a covenant with Noah. This covenant was an unconditional promise God made to never destroy the whole world with a flood. Rainbows are a perpetual sign of this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])\n\n### A father’s nakedness\nIn Noah’s culture, it was unacceptable to see a father’s nakedness. It was wrong for Ham to show his brothers their father’s nakedness. Ham’s actions were insulting or disrespectful. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth”\nThis is a command that God gives. He expects Noah to obey him.
989	9:1	w3js			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת נֹ֖חַ וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then God showed favor to Noah and his sons” or “Then God caused Noah and his sons to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28.
990	9:1	xsmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֛ם	1	“by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” The phrase “blessed … and said” is a Hebrew expression that refers to one event and emphasizes it. It does not refer to two separate events. The words of the blessing are in verses 1-7. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:28.
991	9:1	ptxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֥וּ	1	“Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”
992	9:1	ise7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֖וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28.
993	9:1	wnmi			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and fill the earth {with people}.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live/spread all over the earth/world.”
994	9:2	izzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠מוֹרַאֲ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠חִתְּ⁠כֶם֙ יִֽהְיֶ֔ה עַ֚ל כָּל חַיַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“Every living thing/creature on the earth will be afraid and terrified of you,” or “All the animals on earth will be very/terribly afraid of you,” The phrase “the fear...and the dread” repeats the same idea in two different ways to emphasize how afraid the creatures were. For some languages it may be better to combine the phrase and say “very afraid/terrified”. Do what is best in your language.
995	9:2	vgnr			וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף	1	“including every bird {that flies/fly} in the sky/air,” or “including all the birds {that flies/fly} in the sky/air,” The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures. Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2.
996	9:2	kksa			בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ	1	“{along} with every creature/animal that moves/lives on land” or “as well as all creatures/animals that move/live on land,”
997	9:2	xi3b			הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה	1	“on land,”
998	9:2	vx4q			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל דְּגֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם	1	“and all the fish in the sea/ocean.”
999	9:2	vs4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ	1	“I have put them {all} under your authority.” or “I have put you in charge of them {all}.” The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here.
1000	9:3	jhft			כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י	1	“{From now on} every {kind of} living creature/thing that moves” or “{From now on} every creature/animal that is alive and moves”. See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
1001	9:3	qntp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	“is yours {to eat} as food.” or “is available for you {to eat} as food.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may {now} have/eat any {kind of} living creature that moves, for food.” or “{I now permit} you to eat every/any {kind of} living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language.
1002	9:3	h0u4			כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב	1	“green plants {for food},” or “plants {to eat},” Consider again how you translated “green plants” in Gen 1:30, and how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3.
1003	9:3	lqhk			נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל	1	“{now} I give/provide you everything {for food}.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat everything.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat both plants and animals.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals.
1004	9:4	ifut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	אַךְ	1	“However,” God is putting a limit on the way that people may eat meat.
1005	9:4	lov7			בָּשָׂ֕ר & לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ	1	“you must never eat {animal} flesh/meat”
1006	9:4	goma			בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ	1	“that still has its life {in it}, {which is in} its blood.” or “with its blood {in it}, which made it live.” or “that still has its lifeblood {in it}.” Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it, rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote.
1007	9:5	rp2l			וְ⁠אַ֨ךְ אֶת דִּמְ⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠נַפְשֹֽׁתֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶדְרֹ֔שׁ	1	“Also, I will definitely require an accounting/reckoning for your lifeblood.” or “Also, if {one of} you murders anyone, I definitely require that he must die.”
1008	9:5	ok4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה	1	“From every/any animal {that kills a person}” or “{In fact,} if any animal {kills a human being},” In this verse, the phrase “the hand of” refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone.
1009	9:5	hzwk			אֶדְרְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ	1	“I will demand/require its blood/life,” or “I require it to be killed,” or “I demand/require that it must die,”
1010	9:5	yt01			וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	“{That is also true} for human beings:” or “and {that is also true} for human beings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1011	9:5	e6fe			מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ	1	“If a man/person {kills/murders}” or “If anyone {kills/murders}”
1012	9:5	puht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	“his/a fellow human being,” or “another person,” This phrase is used here as a general reference to any human being, not just biological brothers.
1013	9:5	wf23			אֶדְרֹ֖שׁ אֶת נֶ֥פֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“I require him to be executed/killed.” or “I demand/require that he must die.”
1014	9:6	i3ix			שֹׁפֵךְ֙	1	“{That’s right,} whoever” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5.
1015	9:6	n8bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם	1	“{That’s right,} whoever spills the blood of” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone kills/murders” or “Whoever takes the life of”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible, so if possible it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote.
1016	9:6	tey3			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	“a person,” or “another human being,” or “someone,”
1017	9:6	xvtg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ	1	“people/you must execute him,” or “people/you must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “{That’s right,} you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because {I,} God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language.
1018	9:6	c56p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“because {I,} God made/created mankind/people in my {own} image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27.
1019	9:7	uion			וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם	1	“And/Now {as for} you,” or “As for you,” The pronoun “you” is an emphatic pronoun that is fronted here in the Hebrew text to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this.
1020	9:7	mt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֣וּ	1	“bear/have many children”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply” in verse 1.
1021	9:7	mi6k			וּ⁠רְב֑וּ	1	“so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.” or “so that you have many descendants.”
1022	9:7	in4s			שִׁרְצ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“Spread out all over the earth” or “Live all over the earth”
1023	9:7	s5nm			וּ⁠רְבוּ	1	“and multiply/increase {in numbers}” or “and become numerous”
1024	9:7	jl94			בָֽ⁠הּ	1	“throughout it.” or “everywhere.”
1025	9:8	mp5r			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	“Then God continued speaking”
1026	9:8	bm0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“to Noah and his sons {who were} with him, and said,” or “to Noah and his sons,” or “to them,” God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them.
1027	9:9	ycb0			וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י	1	“Now listen {carefully} to me: I” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I” See how you translated “behold” in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1028	9:9	pujm			מֵקִ֛ים	1	“am making/instituting” or “am setting up”. See how you translated “establish my covenant with” in Gen 6:18, and see the note about that there.
1029	9:9	g76x			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“my/a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with you and your offspring/descendants {who come/live} after you,” or “my/a covenant/agreement between me and you and your offspring/descendants,” Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons.
1030	9:10	c62u			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת	1	“along with” or “{It is} also with” or “{The covenant/agreement is} also with”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here.
1031	9:10	rys5			כָּל נֶ֤פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“all the living creatures that {are} with you:”
1032	9:10	o3v5			בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה	1	“including the birds, the livestock,”
1033	9:10	tzzr			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“and all the {other} living things/creatures from/on the earth” or “and all the wild animals”
1034	9:10	ibvg			אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“{that are} with you,”
1035	9:10	mxmq			מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“{That includes} all {those} that came/went out of the ark”. The words “from...to...” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language.
1036	9:10	kqlk			לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֥ת	1	“and all the living things/creatures” or “and all the creatures/animals”
1037	9:10	gq32			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{that live} on the earth.” or “{that will ever live} on the earth.”
1038	9:11	lh5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֤י אֶת בְּרִיתִ⁠י֙ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“My/The covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making/instituting with you is that”. See how you translated “my covenant” and “establish” in verse 9.
1039	9:11	r2u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠לֹֽא & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר ע֖וֹד	1	“never again will all life” or “never again will all living creatures/things”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and animals.
1040	9:11	l5v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִכָּרֵ֧ת	1	“be killed/destroyed by” or “be wiped out by” or “die from”
1041	9:11	d5ve			מִ⁠מֵּ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	“water from a flood,” or “a flood,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:10.
1042	9:11	jown			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל	1	“That’s right, never again will {I use/cause} a flood” or “{I promise that} I will never again use/cause a flood”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1043	9:11	mxo7			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֥ת	1	“that destroys”. See how you translated “destroying” in Gen 6:13.
1044	9:11	euoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{life/everything on} the earth.” or “{all living creatures on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth.
1045	9:12	b7sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“Then God {also} said {to them},” or “Then God added/continued,” or “Then God continued talking/speaking {to Noah and his sons},” God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (“Then God said”) is added here to emphasize the new topic (“the sign of the covenant”). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8.
1046	9:12	htun			זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן	1	“This {is} the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am making/establishing” or “This is how I will show/remind {everyone} that I have made/established this covenant/agreement”
1047	9:12	sv10			בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“with you and with all the living creatures that {are} with you,”
1048	9:12	tm2n			לְ⁠דֹרֹ֖ת עוֹלָֽם	1	“for all future generations:” or “and with all generations to come:” or “as well as with all the people and creatures/animals that will ever live:”
1049	9:13	op2l			אֶת קַשְׁתִּ֕⁠י נָתַ֖תִּי	1	“I have/will put my rainbow” or “I am setting/putting/placing my rainbow”
1050	9:13	cgt6			בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן	1	“among the clouds {in the sky},”
1051	9:13	nocp			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת	1	“where it will show/remind {everyone}” or “to show/remind {everyone}” or “and/where it will serve/function as the sign {which shows}”. See how you translated “the sign of the covenant” in verse 12.
1052	9:13	ay4p			בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	“that I have made/established my/this covenant/agreement with” or “that I promise/vow/pledge to {always} keep my/this covenant/agreement with”
1053	9:13	n8yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{every living thing on} the earth.” or “{every creature that lives on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11.
1054	9:14	vday			וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן	1	“So it will be/happen {that} whenever I bring/gather clouds {together}” or “So whenever I cause clouds to form/appear” or “Whenever I...”
1055	9:14	v1al			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“{in the sky} over/above the earth”
1056	9:14	kfox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְאֲתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת בֶּ⁠עָנָֽן	1	“and the/a rainbow appears/forms among the clouds,” or “and you see the/a rainbow in/among the clouds,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active verb here.
1057	9:15	jg40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י	1	“then I will remember {and keep} my/the covenant/agreement” or “then I will not forget {to keep/fulfill} my/the covenant/treaty”. See how you translated “remember” in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts.
1058	9:15	cl8q			אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“that {I have established/made} between me and you” or “that I have established/made with you”
1059	9:15	px73			וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” (2) “and all {other} living creatures, including all people and animals,”
1060	9:15	w7qt			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת	1	“that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “{I promise/vow/pledge} that never again will I use/cause a flood to destroy”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1061	9:15	ha7y			כָּל־בָּשָֽׂר	1	“all life.” or “all living creatures.” or “all people and animals.”
1062	9:16	msfb			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	“So/Yes, whenever the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “{That is how it will be:} Whenever there is a rainbow”. In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15.
1063	9:16	jn6a			בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן	1	“among the clouds,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 13 and 14.
1064	9:16	mfvm			וּ⁠רְאִיתִ֗י⁠הָ	1	“I will see it” or “I will look at it”
1065	9:16	flfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙	1	“and keep/fulfill” or “and not forget {to keep/fulfill}”. See how you translated “remember” in verse 15.
1066	9:16	s1px			בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם	1	“{my} never-ending/permanent covenant/agreement” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that lasts forever” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that never ends”
1067	9:16	qbnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בֵּ֣ין אֱלֹהִ֔ים וּ⁠בֵין֙	1	“between me and” or “which I have established/made with”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself here.
1068	9:16	ed49			כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֖ר	1	“all living creatures/beings/things of every kind” or “all people and all animals”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 15 and how you translated “every living creature” in verses 10 and 12.
1069	9:16	wqf1			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“that {live/are} on the earth.” or “that {live} in the world.”
1070	9:17	ol42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ	1	“Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God {concluded/finished} by saying to Noah,”
1071	9:17	xkgv			זֹ֤את	1	“A rainbow {is}”
1072	9:17	wreo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי	1	“the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making” or “what I will uses to show/remind {everyone} that I have established/made/instituted this covenant/agreement/treaty”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17.
1073	9:17	he9r			בֵּינִ֕⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	“with”
1074	9:17	foms			כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all living creatures/things.” or “all the people and creatures/animals that {are/live} on the earth.” Consider again how you translated “all flesh” when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
1075	9:18	glde			בְנֵי נֹ֗חַ	1	“Noah’s sons” or “{The names of} Noah’s sons”
1076	9:18	jnw4			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	“who went out of/from the ark/boat {after the flood}” or “who disembarked from...” or “who got off...” Be consistent here with how you translated “ark/boat” in chapters 6-8, and see the note about this at Gen 6:14.
1077	9:18	dhau			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ & שֵׁ֖ם וְ⁠חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	“were Shem, Ham, and Japheth;” Consider what is the best way to list names in your language.
1078	9:18	h3vw			וְ⁠חָ֕ם ה֖וּא	1	“it was Ham who” or “Ham was the one who”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, emphasizing that Ham was the father of Canaan, who is probably mentioned here because he was well known as the ancestor of the Canaanites and the one whom the land/region of Canaan was named after.
1079	9:18	sy8w			אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן	1	“{was} Canaan’s father.” or “fathered Canaan.”
1080	9:19	bpuj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה נָֽפְצָ֥ה כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“It was from Noah’s three sons that the entire earth was populated {again}.” or “It was the descendants of Noah’s three sons who populated the entire earth {again}.”
1081	9:20	uydp			וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע	1	“Now {later on,} Noah,” or “After a while, Noah,” or “Noah,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{who was} a farmer, began/started {farming} and planted” or “{who was} a farmer, was the first {man/person} to plant” (2) “began {to be} a farmer and planted” or “became a farmer and planted”
1082	9:20	utl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּֽרֶם	1	“{some} grapevines {and made wine from the grapes}.” or “a field/garden with grapevines. {And he made wine from the grapes.}” It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine.
1083	9:21	w1ox			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן	1	“Then {one day} he drank {too much of} the wine,” or “{One day} he drank a lot of the wine,”
1084	9:21	cj5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל	1	“so that he became drunk and was {lying} naked” or “so that he became so intoxicated/drunk that he {fell asleep} uncovered/naked”. It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep.
1085	9:21	zhoh			בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אָהֳלֹֽ⁠ה	1	See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20.
1086	9:22	jc13			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא חָ֚ם אֲבִ֣י כְנַ֔עַן	1	“Ham, {who was} Canaan’s father, saw”
1087	9:22	p8vt			אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“that his father was naked/uncovered,”
1088	9:22	ideh			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ	1	“and he went outside and told his two brothers {about it}.” or “and he went out and told his two brothers {that their father was drunk and naked}.”
1089	9:23	w3iy			וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ שֵׁ֨ם וָ⁠יֶ֜פֶת	1	“However/Then Shem and Japheth took”
1090	9:23	f7fp			אֶת הַ⁠שִּׂמְלָ֗ה	1	“a robe/cloak,” This garment would have probably been fairly large, big enough to cover Noah’s body.
1091	9:23	ldi6			וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“put it {between them} over their shoulders” or “held it {between them} at shoulder level”
1092	9:23	ahuv			וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	“and walked/went backward {into the tent}”
1093	9:23	tx8k			וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“and covered their father’s naked body {with it}.” or “and used it to cover their naked father.”
1094	9:23	n341			וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	“{As they did that,} they kept their faces/eyes turned/looking away {from him},” or “{As they did that,} they looked away {from him},”
1095	9:23	wcj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ	1	“so that they did/would not see his nakedness.” or “so that they did/would not see him naked.” Consider whether it is better here in your language to refer to Noah with a noun phrase or a pronoun.
1096	9:24	huys			וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ נֹ֖חַ	1	“Later Noah/he woke up”
1097	9:24	z3po			מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ	1	“{sober} from {the effects of} the wine,” or “from being drunk,” or “sober,”
1098	9:24	e13r			וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע	1	“and he found out” or “and he heard {about}”. The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation.
1099	9:24	k45l			אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן	1	“that his youngest son {Ham} had dishonored/disrespected/mocked him,”
1100	9:25	yls5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“So he exclaimed {about him/Ham},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1101	9:25	wpmd			אָר֣וּר	1	“I {hereby} {ask God to} curse” or “May God curse”
1102	9:25	bhhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“{Ham’s son} Canaan!” In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Ham’s descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote.
1103	9:25	tt6u			יִֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	“Canaan will be” or “{I declare/proclaim that} he/Canaan will be”
1104	9:25	dvbz			עֶ֥בֶד עֲבָדִ֖ים	1	“the lowest slave/servant”. The Hebrew word here can mean either “slave” or “servant”. Slaves in the Old Testament were usually treated well and were not much different than servants, sometimes even becoming like members of their owner’s family. But they were of lower status than their masters, so that is part of how Ham’s family is being cursed.
1105	9:25	dnvn			לְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	“for his/Canaan’s relatives.” Verses 26 and 27 show that “his brothers” probably refers here to Shem and Japheth (who were Canaan’s uncles) and their descendants.
1106	9:26	s7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“Then he/Noah {also} said,” or “He/Noah also said,”
1107	9:26	a9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהֹוָ֖ה	1	“Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” Although many English translations have “Blessed be” here instead of “Praised be,” the word used in the Hebrew text means “praise” when people are acting towards God (as here), and it means “bless” when God is acting towards people (as in Gen 1:28; 5:2; 9:1).
1108	9:26	o8qs			אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	“{who is} Shem’s God!” or “{who is} the God whom Shem worships/serves!” or “{who is} the God who takes care of Shem!”
1109	9:26	dkl7			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	“May he/God cause Canaan to be” or “May he/God make Canaan” or “I ask him/God to make Canaan”
1110	9:26	u8da			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	“a servant for him/Shem.” or “his/Shem’s slave/servant.”
1111	9:27	qf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת	1	“I {also} ask God to enlarge/expand Japheth’s {territory},” or “I {also} pray that God will make Japheth{’s territory} larger,” or “...give Japheth more/much {land},” In this context, “Japheth” refers to the territory or land where he lived.
1112	9:27	m5k2			וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן	1	“and enable him {and his family/descendants} to live”
1113	9:27	fs08			בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	“together {in harmony/peace} with Shem {and his family/descendants}.” or “peacefully among Shem {and his family/descendants}.”
1114	9:27	u2hq			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	“May God {also} cause Canaan to be” or “I {also} ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will {also} be”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26.
1115	9:27	vfve			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	“a servant for him/Japheth.” or “his/Japheth’s slave/servant.” Compare how you translated “slave” or “servant” in verses 25-27.
1116	9:28	j0sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	“After/From {the time that} the flood {began},” or “After/From {the beginning of} the flood,” Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951.
1117	9:28	murg			וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ & שְׁלֹ֤שׁ מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַֽ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	“Noah lived {another} 350 years.” or “Noah lived 350 {more} years.”
1118	9:29	zycm			וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי נֹ֔חַ	1	“so that Noah/he lived a total of 950 years,” or “So all together Noah lived 950 years,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated Gen 5:31, which is similar to 9:29.
1119	9:29	k4gw			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	“and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
1120	10:1	z8s6			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת	1	“This/Here is the genealogy/list/record of {the names of}”. This sentence begins a new section.
1121	10:1	gmzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּנֵי נֹ֔חַ שֵׁ֖ם חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	“Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth,” Give special attention to the best way in your language to spell all the names in this chapter.
1122	10:1	pxnr			וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים	1	“and their sons {and other descendants} who were born” or “and the sons/descendants they had”. The following record includes the names of Noah’s sons and grandsons, and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them).
1123	10:1	vjic			אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“after the flood {was over/gone}.”
1124	10:2	ywoe			בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת	1	“{The names of} Japheth’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Japheth’s sons:” Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language.
1125	10:2	ymm9			גֹּ֣מֶר וּ⁠מָג֔וֹג וּ⁠מָדַ֖י וְ⁠יָוָ֣ן וְ⁠תֻבָ֑ל וּ⁠מֶ֖שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תִירָֽס	1	“Gomer, Magog, Madai, Javan, Jubal, Meshech, and Tiras.” Translate these lists of names in a way that is natural in your language.
1126	10:3	aqih			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י גֹּ֑מֶר	1	“{The names of} Gomer’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Gomer’s sons:”
1127	10:3	n005			אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה	1	“{named} Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”
1128	10:4	kz0u			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן	1	“{The names of} Javan’s sons/descendants {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Javan’s sons:” Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3.
1129	10:4	lce6			אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ	1	“{named} Elishah and Tarshish, {and he was the ancestor of}”. These are the names of Javan’s sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him.
1130	10:4	iwl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים	1	“the Kittites and the Dodanites.” or “the Kitt people {group} and the Dodan people {group}.” There are different ways to translate people group names, including: (1) Transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”. (2) Use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups, such as “-ites” in English. (3) Translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group”. Try to be consistent in how you translate people group names throughout this chapter and rest of the book of Genesis.
1131	10:5	swml			מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה	1	“From those/Japheth’s {descendants}”. This phrase probably refers to Japheth’s descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way.
1132	10:5	ccp2			נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙	1	“came the people groups who lived {in regions} near/beside the {Mediterranean} Sea. They moved to different places {and settled}”
1133	10:5	rjew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	“in their {own} territories/regions,”
1134	10:5	hstu			אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“and each {group} spoke its own language,” or “They all developed/spoke their own languages,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse).
1135	10:5	i92h			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“and each of them lived in” or “They each had”
1136	10:5	yius			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“their {own} {extended} families,” or “their {own} family groups,” The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor.
1137	10:5	b8t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“and they formed/became their own people/ethnic groups.” or “which {grew/multiplied and} became their own {distinct} people/ethnic groups.” The word “nations” refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheth’s descendants spread out and settled near/by the {Mediterranean} Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which {grew/multiplied and} became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language.
1138	10:6	vxee			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָ֑ם כּ֥וּשׁ	1	“{The names of} Ham’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Ham’s sons:”
1139	10:6	u9dx			כּ֥וּשׁ וּ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠פ֥וּט וּ⁠כְנָֽעַן	1	“Cush, Mizraim, Put, and Canaan.”
1140	10:7	um0s			וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י כ֔וּשׁ	1	“{The names of} Cush’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Cush’s sons:”
1141	10:7	z6v4			סְבָא֙ וַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה וְ⁠סַבְתָּ֥ה וְ⁠רַעְמָ֖ה וְ⁠סַבְתְּכָ֑א	1	“Seba, Havilah, Sabtah, Raamah, and Sabtecah.”
1142	10:7	zhco			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י רַעְמָ֖ה שְׁבָ֥א וּ⁠דְדָֽן	1	“And Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{The names of} Raamah’s sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.”
1143	10:8	zwg5			וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד	1	“Cush also fathered/had {a son named} Nimrod,” See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning.
1144	10:8	k7ej			ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “who was the first {person/man/one} to be” (2) “who became”
1145	10:8	kt9f			גִּבֹּ֖ר	1	“a powerful {warrior/conqueror}” or “a powerful {ruler/king}”. There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10).
1146	10:8	u6s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“on earth.” or “in the world.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first {person/man} on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language.
1147	10:9	e8rh			הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	“He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter”
1148	10:9	fzr8			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.”
1149	10:9	xbab			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“That is why”
1150	10:9	vq2f			יֵֽאָמַ֔ר	1	“people say {about other great men},” or “people/we have the/this saying/expression {about other great men}:” This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod.
1151	10:9	ham3			כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד	1	“{That man is} like Nimrod,” or “{So and so is} like Nimrod,”
1152	10:9	twpi			הֽוּא־הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	“He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter”
1153	10:9	fyot			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	“whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.” Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase earlier in verse 9.
1154	10:10	an74			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙	1	“His/Nimrod’s kingdom began with him ruling {over}” or “He/Nimrod started ruling as king {over}” or “The first cities that he/Nimrod ruled as king were”
1155	10:10	heqh			בָּבֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶ֖רֶךְ וְ⁠אַכַּ֣ד וְ⁠כַלְנֵ֑ה	1	“{the cities of} Babel, Erech, Akkad, and Calneh,”
1156	10:10	orky			בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר	1	“{which were all located} in the land/region of/called Shinar.” Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote.
1157	10:11	tmzb			מִן הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	“From that region” or “From the land/region of Shinar” or “From there”
1158	10:11	jcf8			יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	“he/Nimrod went/moved to {the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria,” See how you translated “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14.
1159	10:11	gcc2			וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙	1	“and {there} he built” or “where he built”
1160	10:11	i3jv			אֶת נִ֣ינְוֵ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת רְחֹבֹ֥ת עִ֖יר וְ⁠אֶת כָּֽלַח	1	“{the cities of} Nineveh, Rehoboth-Ir, Calah,”
1161	10:12	yxdv			וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and Resen, {which is located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” (2) “and Resen, {which is} the great city {located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and Calah.”
1162	10:13	p1bp			וּ⁠מִצְרַ֡יִם יָלַ֞ד	1	“Mizraim was the father/ancestor of”
1163	10:13	ptqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת לוּדִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת עֲנָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת לְהָבִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת נַפְתֻּחִֽים	1	“the Ludites, Anamites, Lehabites, Naphtuhites,” Throughout verses 13-18, translate the names of people groups in a way that is clear and natural in your language. See what you did in verse 4.
1164	10:14	ylfj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְֽ⁠אֶת פַּתְרֻסִ֞ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּסְלֻחִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָצְא֥וּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֛ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּפְתֹּרִֽים	1	“Pathrusites, Casluhites (whom the Philistines came/descended from), and Caphtorites.” or “Pathrusites, Casluhites, and Caphtorites. The Philistines came/descended from the Casluhites.”
1165	10:15	m1d3			וּ⁠כְנַ֗עַן יָלַ֛ד	1	“Canaan fathered/had”. See how you translated “fathered” in verses 8 and 13.
1166	10:15	z25n			אֶת צִידֹ֥ן בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ	1	“Sidon {who was} his firstborn {son},”
1167	10:15	zjx9			וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת	1	“then {he fathered/had} {a son named} Heth,” Canaan’s son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “{He was} also {the ancestor of} the Hittites,”
1168	10:16	uwbf			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי	1	“and {he/Canaan was also the ancestor of} the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” or “Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” Consider what is the best way in your language to list the names of the people groups in these verses.
1169	10:17	ztj1			וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠עַרְקִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠סִּינִֽי	1	“Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,”
1170	10:18	y6k0			וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אַרְוָדִ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמָרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חֲמָתִ֑י	1	“Arvadites, Zemarites, and Hamathites.”
1171	10:18	q1m9			וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר	1	“Later,” or “As time went by,”
1172	10:18	fujh			מִשְׁפְּח֖וֹת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽי	1	“those {extended} families {that descended} from {Ham’s son} Canaan”
1173	10:18	yfp1			נָפֹ֔צוּ	1	“spread out,” or “moved to different places,”
1174	10:19	efvy			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	“and {eventually} the borders/boundaries of their {territory/land} reached/extended” or “so that {eventually} the territory/land where Canaanites/they lived reached/extended”
1175	10:19	m5gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן	1	“from {the city of} Sidon {in the north},” or “from Sidon {City} {in the north},” Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned, or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible.
1176	10:19	juim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה	1	“all the way {down/south} toward {the city of} Gerar to {the city of} Gaza,” or “{down/south} to Gaza {City}, which is on the road to Gerar {City},” The Canaanites’ border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south.
1177	10:19	dchu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֞ה סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה	1	“{then} as far {east} as”
1178	10:19	xmmh			סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה וְ⁠אַדְמָ֥ה וּ⁠צְבֹיִ֖ם	1	“{the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim,”
1179	10:19	jenu			עַד לָֽשַׁע	1	“all the way to {the city of} Lasha.” or “until {you reach} Lasha {City}.”
1180	10:20	mrbd			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use “are” here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language.
1181	10:20	w958			בְנֵי חָ֔ם	1	“the descendants of Ham” or “Ham’s sons/descendants”
1182	10:20	ixjv			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan/family,” or “and their {extended} families,” See how you translated “clans” in verse 5.
1183	10:20	n9z9			לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each {clan/family} {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20.
1184	10:21	am4z			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם	1	“Shem also fathered/had {some} sons”. In the Hebrew text, “to Shem” comes first in this sentence after “And”, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language.
1185	10:21	x6vj			ה֑וּא אֲבִי֙ כָּל בְּנֵי עֵ֔בֶר	1	“He was the ancestor of all the descendants of Eber”
1186	10:21	f29s			אֲחִ֖י יֶ֥פֶת הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and his/Shem’s older brother was Japheth.” (2) “and he/Shem was Japheth’s older/oldest brother.”
1187	10:22	t2s3			בְּנֵ֥י שֵׁ֖ם	1	“{The names of} Shem’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Shem’s sons:”
1188	10:22	o6p2			עֵילָ֣ם וְ⁠אַשּׁ֑וּר וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד וְ⁠ל֥וּד וַֽ⁠אֲרָֽם	1	“Elam, Asshur, Arpachshad, Lud and Aram.” The name “Arpachshad” is spelled as “Arphaxad” in many translations. Also, see how you spelled “Lud” in verse 13 (who is a different person with the same name). Be consistent with how you spell each name throughout the Bible.
1189	10:23	ylhl			וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י אֲרָ֑ם	1	“{The names of} Aram’s sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Aram’s sons:”
1190	10:23	qqox			ע֥וּץ וְ⁠ח֖וּל וְ⁠גֶ֥תֶר וָ⁠מַֽשׁ	1	“Uz, Hul, Gether, and Mash.” The same person who is called “Mash” here, is referred to as “Meshech/Meshek” in 1 Chronicles 1:17. To prevent confusion, some translations use “Meshech/Meshek” here too, or put that name in a footnote.
1191	10:24	u3c2			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח	1	“Arpachshad/Arphaxad fathered/had {a son named} Shelah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22.
1192	10:24	bfuy			וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	“then/and Shelah fathered/had {a son named} Eber.”
1193	10:25	jiw4			וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֥בֶר יֻלַּ֖ד שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	“Then Eber fathered/had two sons.”
1194	10:25	u8nm			שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד	1	“The name of the first {one/son} {was}” or “The first one/son was named”
1195	10:25	ibtk			פֶּ֗לֶג	1	“Peleg, {which means “division/divide,”}” You can put the meaning of Peleg’s name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noah’s name) in Gen 5:29.
1196	10:25	mrdo			כִּ֤י בְ⁠יָמָי⁠ו֙	1	“because during his lifetime”
1197	10:25	v3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“{the people on} the earth divided/separated {into separate groups} {and scattered everywhere}.” This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8).
1198	10:25	po91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן	1	“His/Peleg’s {younger} brother’s name was Joktan.” or “{Eber’s second/other son} was named Joktan and was younger than Peleg.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences.
1199	10:26	eu4k			וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד	1	“Joktan fathered/had {sons named}” or “Joktan fathered/had {the following sons:}” Notice that the list of Joktan’s sons continues through verse 29.
1200	10:26	h2ab			אֶת אַלְמוֹדָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶת שָׁ֑לֶף וְ⁠אֶת חֲצַרְמָ֖וֶת וְ⁠אֶת יָֽרַח	1	“Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah,”
1201	10:27	xncl			וְ⁠אֶת הֲדוֹרָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת אוּזָ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת דִּקְלָֽה	1	“Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah,”
1202	10:28	skwt			וְ⁠אֶת עוֹבָ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת אֲבִֽימָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת שְׁבָֽא	1	“Obal, Abimael, Sheba,”
1203	10:29	xri4			וְ⁠אֶת אוֹפִ֥ר וְ⁠אֶת חֲוִילָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת יוֹבָ֑ב	1	“Ophir, Havilah, and Jobab.” Consider again how you translated lists of names throughout chapter 10.
1204	10:29	d37u			כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה	1	“All those {were} {the names of}” or “All those {men/people} {were}” or “Those {were} all”
1205	10:29	d3qs			בְּנֵ֥י יָקְטָֽן	1	“Joktan’s sons.”
1206	10:30	z0dr			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם	1	“Their dwelling {place}” or “Their territory/region” or “The region/area where they {and their descendants} lived”
1207	10:30	h4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י & מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א	1	“extended/reached from {the city of} Mesha {in the west},” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19.
1208	10:30	qhqk			בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	“all the way to” or “as far as”
1209	10:30	buoh			סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	“{the city/town of} Sephar, {which is in/near}”. Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain).
1210	10:30	bl54			הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם	1	“the mountain range {that is} in the east.” or “the hill country in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.” The word “mountain{s}” is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar.
1211	10:31	v7ly			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	“Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31.
1212	10:31	ffht			בְנֵי שֵׁ֔ם	1	“the descendants of Shem” or “Shem’s sons/descendants”
1213	10:31	lpn7			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“and each one had his own clan/family.” See how you translated “clans” in verses 5 and 20.
1214	10:31	b1x8			לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	“Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory.”
1215	10:32	e560			אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ	1	“{All} those {people} {are/were} the clans/families {who descended} from Noah’s sons,” or “{All} those clans/families descended from Noah’s sons,” The word “Those” refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated “clans” in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32.
1216	10:32	bl71			לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“Each clan/family had its own genealogy/descendants and became its own people/ethnic group.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, compare how you translated similar phrases in verses 5, 20, and 31.
1217	10:32	nh8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“From those {people} {came/descended} {all} the people/ethnic groups {who} spread out on/over the earth after the flood.” or “In fact, after the flood {all} the people groups on the earth descended from them and spread out everywhere.” Consider again how you translated “nations” in verses 5, 20, 31-32.
1218	11:1	r2b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י כָל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת	1	“Now {at first,} everyone on the earth spoke/shared the same language” or “Now {for a while,} all {the people on} the earth spoke one language”. The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote.
1219	11:1	l2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים	1	“and {spoke/shared} the same words/vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew/understood.” or “so that everyone understood each other.” The phrases “one language” and “the same words” are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1220	11:2	ufks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	“After a while, as/when” or “As/When” or “As time passed,” The phrase “it happened that” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations omit this phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
1221	11:2	phjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם	1	“they moved/traveled” or “the people migrated/moved”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun (“they”) or a noun phrase (“the people”) here.
1222	11:2	kqit			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	“from the eastern {regions},” or “{around} in the eastern {regions},” At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point, since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to “the east” probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living.
1223	11:2	zdwp			וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ	1	“they discovered” or “they {eventually} came to” or “and {eventually} came to”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse.
1224	11:2	vygx			בִקְעָ֛ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁנְעָ֖ר	1	“a wide/spacious, flat valley/area in the land/region called Shinar”. This plain was a wide, flat area between mountains. Also be consistent here with how you translated “land of Shinar” in Gen 10:10.
1225	11:2	dxfo			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	“and lived/stayed there.” or “and began to live there.”
1226	11:3	m2g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	“Then {one day} they urged each other,” The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language.
1227	11:3	jfqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	“Come on,” Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like this that is used to urge or persuade someone to do something together.
1228	11:3	uwu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִלְבְּנָ֣ה	1	“let us {work together and} make” or “we should {work together and} make”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other.
1229	11:3	wprr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְבֵנִ֔ים	1	“{some} {clay/mud} bricks/blocks” or “{some} bricks/blocks {from clay/mud}”
1230	11:3	y8pj			וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה	1	“and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake/harden them.” or “and put/bake them in/over fire {to make them hard/strong}.”
1231	11:3	s0kz			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם	1	“So {they did that, and} they had” or “They had/used”
1232	11:3	uxzq			הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן	1	“bricks/blocks {to build with} instead of stone,”
1233	11:3	u7qc			וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	“and they used tar {between the bricks/blocks}”
1234	11:3	b4kx			לַ⁠חֹֽמֶר	1	“instead of mortar.” or “to hold/stick the bricks/blocks together.”
1235	11:4	rlly			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ	1	“Then they said {to each other},” or “Then they urged {each other},”
1236	11:4	igxx			הָ֣בָ⁠ה	1	“Come on,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 3.
1237	11:4	gfzh			נִבְנֶה	1	“let us {work together and} build” or “we should {work together and} build”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3.
1238	11:4	dl1s			לָּ֣⁠נוּ עִ֗יר	1	“a city for us {to live in}”
1239	11:4	a5tp			וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙	1	“that includes/has a {high} tower” or “with a {very} tall building”
1240	11:4	h80w			וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	“that reaches high into the heavens/sky,” or “that reaches up to heaven,”
1241	11:4	z87w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ	1	“{We should do that} to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “{That way} we will become well-known/famous, and we will not separate from each other {and live}”. The phrase “make a name for ourselves” is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word “scattered” in Gen 10:18, 32.
1242	11:4	ytfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“all over the earth/world.” or “around the world.”
1243	11:5	f9ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/But {one day} Yahweh came down {from heaven}”
1244	11:5	oe6q			לִ⁠רְאֹ֥ת אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	“and looked at the city” or “and inspected the city”
1245	11:5	pbs0			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל	1	“and the {very} tall building”. See how you translated this word in verse 4.
1246	11:5	ujao			אֲשֶׁ֥ר & בְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	“that the people”
1247	11:5	zcoi			בָּנ֖וּ	1	“were building.” or “had started building.” Make sure the way you translate this verb fits with the fact that the people had not yet finished building the city (verse 8).
1248	11:6	zesy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	“And/Then he said (to himself),” or “He said,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language.
1249	11:6	h94b			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look,” This term calls attention to what Yahweh says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
1250	11:6	q2ld			עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{they are} one people/ethnic {group},” (2) “the/these people {are} one/united {in what they are doing},”
1251	11:6	emr9			וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה אַחַת֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠ם	1	“and they all speak/share the same language.” See how you translated “have one language” in verse 1.
1252	11:6	jn1z			וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת	1	“This {is} {only} the beginning of what they can/will do {together}.”
1253	11:6	m869			וְ⁠עַתָּה֙	1	“Now/Soon”
1254	11:6	cwlf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא יִבָּצֵ֣ר מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָזְמ֖וּ לַֽ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	“nothing that they plan to do will be impossible for them.” or “everything/anything they plan/attempt to do will be possible for them.” or “they will be able to do anything/whatever they plan/try to do.” The words “not” and “impossible” are two negatives that work together to communicate an emphatic positive statement. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language.
1255	11:7	siye			הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	“{So} come on,” or “{So}”
1256	11:7	ab2t			נֵֽרְדָ֔ה & שָׁ֖ם	1	“we must go down there {now}” or “let us go to them”. Most Bible scholars think the plural pronoun “us” refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26.
1257	11:7	b6e9			וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה & שְׂפָתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and scramble their language” or “and mix up their language”
1258	11:7	qlnr			אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ	1	“so that they will not {be able to} understand” or “so that they cannot understand”
1259	11:7	yf9e			אִ֖ישׁ שְׂפַ֥ת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	“what they say to each other.” or “each other.”
1260	11:8	abaf			וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם	1	“Then/So Yahweh {did that and} caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “That is how Yahweh caused the people to leave from there and settle/live in different places”
1261	11:8	m39c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“over the surface of the entire earth,” or “all over the earth/world,”
1262	11:8	bj40			וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ לִ⁠בְנֹ֥ת	1	“so that they had to stop building/constructing”
1263	11:8	fvq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	“the city {and the tower}.” or “the city {and the tall building}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city {and the tower} and to move away from each other, {so that eventually they lived} all over the world.” Do what is best in your language.
1264	11:9	o1v3			עַל כֵּ֞ן	1	“That is why”
1265	11:9	grok			קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙	1	“people named the/that city” or “the name of the/that city is” or “the/that city was named/called”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific.
1266	11:9	flf8			בָּבֶ֔ל	1	“Babel, {which means “confused/mixed-up/scrambled,”}” If you include the meaning of “Babel” here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate “confused” later in this verse and in verse 7.
1267	11:9	go0s			כִּי שָׁ֛ם & יְהוָ֖ה	1	“because that is where Yahweh” or “because {it was} in that city {that} Yahweh”
1268	11:9	cnun			בָּלַ֥ל	1	“mixed up” or “scrambled”
1269	11:9	f8ye			שְׂפַ֣ת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“the language that everyone on the earth spoke/shared,”
1270	11:9	uhku			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה	1	“and {in that way} Yahweh/he made them spread out from there”
1271	11:9	onj2			עַל פְּנֵ֖י כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“over the surface of the entire earth.” or “all over the earth/world.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 4 and 8.
1272	11:10	k4zv			אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת שֵׁ֔ם	1	“This/Here is the record/list of Shem’s descendants:” or “This is Shem’s genealogy/family-line:”
1273	11:10	xsg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	“Two years after the flood {began}, when Shem was 100 years old, he had {a son named} Arpachshad/Arphaxad.” The phrase “after the flood” probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22.
1274	11:11	hhxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֔ד	1	“After he fathered/had Arpachshad/Arphaxad, Shem/he lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born, Shem lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad’s birth, Shem lived”. Throughout this section, make sure that names and pronouns (like “he”) are used in a way that is accurate and natural in your language, so that it is always clear who is being referred to.
1275	11:11	newn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 500 years,” or “500 {more} years,” See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 {more} years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born,...” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter.
1276	11:11	e9d9			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4.
1277	11:11	lc2z			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1278	11:12	cx5o			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֣ד חַ֔י חָמֵ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Arpachshad/Arphaxad had lived 35 years,” or “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad was 35 years old,”
1279	11:12	wvlk			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Shelah.” See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12.
1280	11:13	s590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֗ד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֶׁ֔לַח	1	“After he fathered/had Shelah, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shelah was born, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shem’s birth, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:22, 24; 11:10-13.
1281	11:13	yqx2			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
1282	11:13	om3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Arpachshad {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph.
1283	11:13	e35h			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1284	11:14	w7dj			וְ⁠שֶׁ֥לַח חַ֖י שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Shelah had lived 30 years,” or “When Shelah was 30 years old,”
1285	11:14	kt42			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Eber.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Eber.”
1286	11:15	hd5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֶׁ֗לַח אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת עֵ֔בֶר	1	“After he/Shelah fathered/had Eber, Shelah/he lived” or “After Eber was born, Shelah lived” or “After Eber’s birth, Shelah lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Shelah” in Gen 10:24; 11:12-15.
1287	11:15	ms3c			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
1288	11:15	du9x			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah was {also} the father of”
1289	11:15	g3i9			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1290	11:16	ylnk			וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֕בֶר אַרְבַּ֥ע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Eber had lived 34 years,” or “When Eber was 34 years old,”
1291	11:16	xcap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Peleg.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Peleg.”
1292	11:17	wlcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֗בֶר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת פֶּ֔לֶג	1	“After he/Eber fathered/had Peleg, Eber/he lived” or “After Peleg was born, Eber lived” or “After Peleg’s birth, Eber lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Eber” in Gen 10:24-25; 11:14-17.
1293	11:17	cc14			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 430 years,” or “430 {more} years,”
1294	11:17	ocjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph.
1295	11:17	cc06			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1296	11:18	gdd8			וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֖לֶג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Peleg had lived 30 years,” or “When Peleg was 30 years old,”
1297	11:18	waxn			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Reu.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Reu.”
1298	11:19	qfcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֗לֶג אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת רְע֔וּ	1	“After he/Peleg had Reu, Peleg/he lived” or “After Reu was born, Peleg lived” or “After Reu’s birth, Peleg lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Peleg” in Gen 10:25; 11:16-19.
1299	11:19	xncw			תֵּ֥שַׁע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 209 years,” or “209 {more} years,”
1300	11:19	bpuk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg was {also} the father of”
1301	11:19	nr72			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1302	11:20	ek1h			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֔וּ שְׁתַּ֥יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Reu had lived 32 years,” or “When Reu was 32 years old,”
1303	11:20	zm8n			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Serug.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Serug.”
1304	11:21	blty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֗וּ אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שְׂר֔וּג	1	“After he/Reu had Serug, Reu/he lived” or “After Serug was born, Reu lived” or “After Serug’s birth, Reu lived”. Be consistent with how you spell “Reu” in Gen 11:18-21.
1305	11:21	x8r5			שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 207 years,” or “207 {more} years,”
1306	11:21	t6kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph.
1307	11:21	f8g8			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1308	11:22	lx37			וַ⁠יְחִ֥י שְׂר֖וּג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Serug had lived 30 years,” or “When Serug was 30 years old,”
1309	11:22	q17o			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Nahor.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Nahor.”
1310	11:23	ryhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י שְׂר֗וּג אַחֲרֵ֛י הוֹלִיד֥⁠וֹ אֶת נָח֖וֹר	1	“After he/Serug had Nahor, Serug/he lived” or “After Nahor was born, Serug lived” or “After Nahor’s birth, Serug lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Serug” in Gen 11:20-23.
1311	11:23	lmbh			מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 200 years,” or “200 {more} years,”
1312	11:23	yaea			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug was {also} the father of”
1313	11:23	vtw1			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
1314	11:24	qb4u			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֔וֹר תֵּ֥שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“When Nahor had lived 29 years,” or “When Nahor was 29 years old,”
1315	11:24	ej3c			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח	1	“he fathered/had {a son named} Terah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Terah.” Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure.
1316	11:25	c5ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֗וֹר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת תֶּ֔רַח	1	“After he/Nahor had Terah, Nahor/he lived” or “After Terah was born, Nahor lived” or “After Terah’s birth, Nahor lived”
1317	11:25	jla4			תְּשַֽׁע־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“{another} 119 years,” or “119 {more} years,”
1318	11:25	is9f			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	“and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1319	11:25	e11k			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	“{other} sons, as well as daughters.” Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure.
1320	11:26	fa4t			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־תֶ֖רַח שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“After Terah had lived 70 years,” or “After Terah was/turned 70 years old,” Your translation needs to allow for the fact that Terah’s sons were not triplets (just as Noah’s sons were not triplets; see Gen 5:32), rather he started having children after he turned 70 and his sons were born in different years after that. In fact, Abram was not born until Terah was at least 130 years old (11:32, 12:4-5; Acts 7:4), and he was probably Terah’s youngest son. Abram is listed first (instead of Haran or Nahor) probably because of his importance as the one whom Yahweh made His covenant with. Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
1321	11:26	cywf			וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן	1	“he fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered/had {sons whose names were} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
1322	11:27	y44z			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח	1	“Here/This {is} the history/account/record about/of Terah and his descendants/family:” This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terah’s descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9.
1323	11:27	egvx			תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן	1	“Terah fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran;” or “Terah’s sons were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
1324	11:27	vacr			וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט	1	“and Haran fathered/had {a son named} Lot.” or “Haran’s son {was named} Lot.” or “and Haran had a son {whose name was} Lot.”
1325	11:28	l32z			וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת הָרָ֔ן עַל פְּנֵ֖י תֶּ֣רַח אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	“Later Haran died while he was with his father Terah,” or “While his father Terah was still alive, Haran died”
1326	11:28	w957			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“in the land where he was born,” or “in his native land,”
1327	11:28	la6c			בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים	1	“in {the city of} Ur which was ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans.” or “in {the city of} Ur where the Kasdim/Chaldea people lived.” The word “Kasdim” probably comes from the name of one of Nahor’s sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located).
1328	11:29	w0fn			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָ֧ם וְ⁠נָח֛וֹר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם נָשִׁ֑ים	1	“Meanwhile Abram and Nahor each got married.” or “Abram and Nahor each married a wife.”
1329	11:29	oie3			שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָם֙ שָׂרָ֔י	1	“Abram’s wife was named Sarai,”
1330	11:29	anm9			וְ⁠שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת נָחוֹר֙ מִלְכָּ֔ה	1	“and Nahor’s wife was Milcah.”
1331	11:29	nome			בַּת הָרָ֥ן אֲבִֽי מִלְכָּ֖ה וַֽ⁠אֲבִ֥י יִסְכָּֽה	1	“She/Milcah was the daughter of {his/Nahor’s brother} Haran, who was the father of {both} Milcah and {her sister} Iscah.” or “Milcah and {her sister} Iscah were Haran’s daughters.”
1332	11:30	nr3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שָׂרַ֖י עֲקָרָ֑ה	1	“But/Now Sarai was unable to conceive,” or “Sarai was not able to become/get pregnant,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Sarai.
1333	11:30	x9g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד	1	“{so} she did not have any children.” or “{so} she had no children.” For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language.
1334	11:31	a4sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח	1	“Then {one day,} Terah gathered” or “{One day,} Terah brought/called together”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language.
1335	11:31	cmu7			אֶת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֗⁠וֹ	1	“his son Abram,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this phrase that “his son” refers to Abram, not another person.
1336	11:31	zczu			וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and Lot, {who was} his son Haran’s son,” or “and his grandson Lot, {who was} Haran’s son,” The phrases “Lot,” “Haran’s son,” and “his son’s son” all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people.
1337	11:31	zs6d			וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרַ֣י כַּלָּת֔⁠וֹ	1	“and his daughter-in-law Sarai,” The phrases “Sarai,” “his daughter-in-law,” and “the wife of his son Abram” all refer to Sarai. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1338	11:31	ajg2			אֵ֖שֶׁת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who was his son Abram’s wife,” or “who was Abram’s wife,”
1339	11:31	mrxu			וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם	1	“and they {all} left” or “and {all of} them set out together” or “Then they {all} left”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1340	11:31	bdcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	“from {the city of} Ur” or “from Ur {City}”. See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities.
1341	11:31	id6w			כַּשְׂדִּ֗ים	1	“of the Chaldeans” or “where the Chaldea people lived”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 28.
1342	11:31	e1dg			לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“to go/travel to the region of/called Canaan.” or “to go/travel to Canaan Land.”
1343	11:31	izwt			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן	1	“But {on the way there,} they came to {the city of} Haran, and” or “But {along the way,} when they arrived/stopped at {the city of} Haran,” The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there.
1344	11:31	zd02			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	“they settled/stayed there {instead}.” or “they decided to settle/live there {instead}.”
1345	11:32	ql8v			וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	“Then {many years later,} when Terah was 205 years old,” or “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,”
1346	11:32	b8e1			וַ⁠יָּ֥מָת תֶּ֖רַח	1	“he died {there}”
1347	11:32	t1h0			בְּ⁠חָרָֽן	1	“in {the city of} Haran.” or “in Haran {City}.”
1348	12:1	lkpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then {one day} Yahweh told/commanded Abram,” Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. Also, make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote.
1349	12:1	rqtx			לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥	1	“Get yourself away from your homeland/country” or “You must move away from your homeland/country” or “You must leave {behind} the land/country where you are living”
1350	12:1	ya2a			וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and your relatives/people,”
1351	12:1	pxeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“including your father’s household/family,” The phrase “the house” refers here to everyone who was a member of Terah’s household.
1352	12:1	sr9w			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“{and go/move} to the land/place”
1353	12:1	b0dh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַרְאֶֽ⁠ךָּ	1	“that I will guide you to.”
1354	12:2	vjs1			וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙	1	“I will make you {and your descendants} become” or “I will make you {the father/ancestor of}”
1355	12:2	is7x			לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל	1	“an important/large people group,” or “a large, important people/ethnic group,”
1356	12:2	kyvt			וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“and I will bless/prosper you {and them}.” or “and I will cause you {all} to prosper/flourish.” See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1357	12:2	y893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“I will make you {important and} well-known/famous,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1358	12:2	xnwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה	1	“and you will be a blessing {to many people}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will bless {many people}.” or “and {I will use} you {and your descendants} to bless {many people}.”
1359	12:3	ma8p			וַ⁠אֲבָֽרֲכָה֙ מְבָ֣רְכֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“I will bless everyone who blesses you,”
1360	12:3	zjl7			וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר	1	“but I will curse anyone who curses you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 8:21.
1361	12:3	yvsd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“Through you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “Because of you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “By means of you {and your offspring/descendants}”. This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, God’s promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah/Christ, who was one of Abraham’s descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah/Christ) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him/God and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
1362	12:3	yt58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	“all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/people on the earth.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you {and your offspring/descendants} to bless all the families/people on the earth.” Do what is best in your language.
1363	12:4	b2v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/So Abram left {the city of Haran}, just/exactly as Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do},” or “Then/So Abram did/obeyed what Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do} and left {the city of Haran},” Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1).
1364	12:4	hh61			וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט	1	“and {his nephew} Lot went/left with him.”
1365	12:4	p63p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Now Abram” or “Abram”. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language.
1366	12:4	p5rf			בֶּן	1	“was 75 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10.
1367	12:4	tb22			בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ	1	“when he left” or “when he set out”
1368	12:4	ln5h			מֵ⁠חָרָֽן	1	“from {the city of} Haran.” or “from there.”
1369	12:5	w44u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ	1	“Abram/He took/brought {with him} his wife Sarai”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Sarai” in Gen 11:29-31.
1370	12:5	t055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	“and his {deceased} brother’s son Lot” or “and his nephew Lot”. For some languages it is more natural to make “son of his brother” or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language.
1371	12:5	af34			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ	1	“everything that they owned, including slaves/servants {and everything else} they had acquired/gotten”. The word “possessions” is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in Gen 9:25-27.
1372	12:5	v8yx			בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן	1	“in {the city of} Haran,” or “in Haran {City}
1373	12:5	hhfp			וַ⁠יֵּצְא֗וּ לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙	1	“and they {all} started traveling”
1374	12:5	iazy			אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“to the land/region of/called Canaan.” or “to Canaan Land.”
1375	12:5	zel6			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן	1	“Then/Eventually they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan,” or “When they arrived/got there,”
1376	12:6	ep53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙	1	“Abram traveled/went” or “Abram {and his family} traveled/went” or “they traveled/went”. Abram is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended verse 5.
1377	12:6	o804			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“through that land/region”. See how you translated “land” in verse 5.
1378	12:6	ai2i			עַ֚ד	1	“until they arrived at” or “to”
1379	12:6	klyk			מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “the city of Shechem,” (2) “the/a {sacred} place at/near {the city of} Shechem,”
1380	12:6	wf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה	1	“to Moreh’s terebinth/oak tree.” or “to the terebinth/oak tree on Moreh’s land.” Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the terebinth tree was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and “terebinth” are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different families of trees.
1381	12:6	aje0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“At/During that time the Canaanites {were still living} in that land/region,” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (“at that time”) first in this sentence.
1382	12:7	jgjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א	1	“but”. Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6).
1383	12:7	nqjy			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then/but Yahweh came to Abram” or “but Yahweh visited Abram”. Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6). Also, notice that the text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either.
1384	12:7	nsz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said/promised {to him},”
1385	12:7	zfqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	“I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to your offspring” is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” Do what is best in your language.
1386	12:7	ed0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן & מִזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	“So/Then he/Abram built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “So/Then he/Abram built/made a sacrifice table/mound {with stones}”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Abram here in your language. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20.
1387	12:7	s3yo			שָׁם֙	1	“near the tree” or “in that place”
1388	12:7	rv38			לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	“to worship Yahweh” or “{and burned sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh,”
1389	12:7	ywd2			הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו	1	“who had appeared/come to him {there}.” or “because he/Yahweh had appeared/come to him {there}.” See how you translated “appeared” earlier in verse 7.
1390	12:8	y0sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם	1	“From {the place/city of} Shechem he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled {south} to”
1391	12:8	c1kt			הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל	1	“the hill country that was east of {the town of} Bethel” or “the mountainous region east of {the town of} Bethel”
1392	12:8	u3l7			וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה	1	“and set/put up his/their tents {there}” or “They set up their tents/camp”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 9:21, 27.
1393	12:8	r71q			בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם	1	“between Bethel to the west and {the town of} Ai to the east.” or “Bethel was to the west {of them} and {the town of} Ai was to the east.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1394	12:8	cl64			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם	1	“There he/Abram built/made”
1395	12:8	s3gs			מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙	1	“another altar” or “another sacrifice table/mound”. See how you translated “altar” in verse 7.
1396	12:8	b7gd			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	“{and burned sacrifices on it} to worship Yahweh,” See how you translated “to Yahweh” in verse 7.
1397	12:8	yv1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“and he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” or “he addressed Yahweh/him by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “he used Yahweh’s/his name in his prayers and worship.” or “he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 4:26.
1398	12:9	bv60			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ	1	“After that, Abram/he {and his family} traveled in stages” or “Then Abram/he {and his family} moved from place to place”
1399	12:9	yypr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	“{south} toward the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” or “{southward} until they reached the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.”The Hebrew word “Negev” can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as “Negev” or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible.
1400	12:10	glm2			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י	1	“Now there was”. This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language.
1401	12:10	eik8			רָעָ֖ב	1	“a serious/extreme shortage/lack of food” or “a hungry/starving time when food was very/extremely scarce”. A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions.
1402	12:10	wayf			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“in that land/region/area,” or “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert,”
1403	12:10	rz12			וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם	1	“so Abram {and his family} headed/traveled southwest” or “so Abram {and his family} went/traveled/moved {further} south”. This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan (verse 5). It is also located southwest of Canaan.
1404	12:10	ipz4			מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙	1	“to/toward {the land/country} of Egypt”
1405	12:10	kyr1			לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם	1	“to live/stay there for a while”
1406	12:10	vqpl			כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	“because the food shortage was {very} severe/oppressive”
1407	12:10	vjke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“in that land/region.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} {so they could not survive/live there}.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Now there was a famine in that land/region that was so heavy/severe/bad that Abram {and his family} {left there and} went down to {the land/country of} Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language.
1408	12:11	aosr			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“Just before they arrived in Egypt,” or “As they approached Egypt,”
1409	12:11	v1kk			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“Abram said to his wife Sarai,” or “he/Abram told/urged his wife Sarai,”
1410	12:11	phg5			הִנֵּה נָ֣א	1	“Listen please,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:”
1411	12:11	ajhq			יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ	1	“I know/realize that you {are} a very beautiful woman.” or “You {are} a very beautiful woman.”
1412	12:12	x50x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי	1	“So when” or “When”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (“So”).
1413	12:12	jv43			הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים	1	“the people of/in Egypt”
1414	12:12	cqnx			יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙	1	“see/notice you {with me},”
1415	12:12	semy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את	1	“they will say/know that you are my wife,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1416	12:12	sw31			וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ	1	“Then they will kill me but/and let you live {so that they can have/take you}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1417	12:13	t2hf			אִמְרִי נָ֖א	1	“{So} please tell {people/them}”
1418	12:13	erv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ	1	“ ‘I am his/Abram’s sister,’ ” Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language.
1419	12:13	p2h5			לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י	1	“so that I will be treated well” or “so that they/people will treat me well”
1420	12:13	pv49			בַ⁠עֲבוּרֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“because of you”
1421	12:13	kbgh			וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“and my life will be spared {by them}.” or “and they will spare my life.” or “and {they will} let me live.” For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase “because of you” here, because it repeats the same idea as “for your sake” that was earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language.
1422	12:14	ip31			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י	1	“That is {exactly} what happened:”
1423	12:14	ajxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“When Abram {and his family} entered {the land/country of} Egypt,” Although Abram is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone.
1424	12:14	s2xw			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙	1	“the Egyptian {people} saw/noticed” or “the people {living} there saw/noticed”
1425	12:14	g5l2			אֶת־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יָפָ֥ה הִ֖וא מְאֹֽד	1	“that the woman {with him} {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.” or “that Sarai {was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.”
1426	12:15	twfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“{Some of} the officials/officers who served/ruled under the {Egyptian} king/ruler noticed/spotted her, so” or “When some officials/officers of/under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt} saw/noticed her,” The term “officials” is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term “Pharaoh” is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate “Pharaoh” (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “{King} Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation.
1427	12:15	oubs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“they told Pharaoh/him how beautiful she was,” or “they highly recommended her to him,”
1428	12:15	vbhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	“and she/Sarai was taken/brought” or “So he had them bring her/Sarai”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1429	12:15	hq0q			בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה	1	“into/to his palace {to be one of his wives}.”
1430	12:16	xuh3			וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ	1	“Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her/Sarai,” or “The king thought that Abram was her/Sarai’s brother, so he treated him well.”
1431	12:16	wjdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ	1	“and Abram acquired {from him}” or “and he gave him/Abram” or “He gave him/Abram”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1432	12:16	k8w6			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙	1	“flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle},” or “many sheep and cattle,”
1433	12:16	wvny			וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת	1	“as well as men and women slaves/servants, and male and female donkeys,”
1434	12:16	r8kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים	1	“and {larger load-bearing animals called} camels.” If camels are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote.
1435	12:17	dn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה & וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ	1	“But/Then Yahweh struck/afflicted the king and {the people in} his household/family” or “Then Yahweh caused {King} Pharaoh and {the people} in his household/family to get/be very sick”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in verse 15. You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context.
1436	12:17	edr0			נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים	1	“{with} severe/terrible diseases/illnesses”
1437	12:17	s1no		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם	1	“because of Sarai, Abram’s wife.” or “because he/Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai.” For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since {King} Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family {with} severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language
1438	12:18	qiwz			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙	1	“So/Then {King} Pharaoh called/sent for Abram” or “So/Then Pharaoh/he summoned Abram {before him}” or “So/Then the king sent for Abram {to come to him}”
1439	12:18	ru7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“and said {to him},” or “and asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote.
1440	12:18	xd4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י	1	“Why have you treated me so badly?” or “You have treated me very badly!” Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language.
1441	12:18	yw65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא	1	“You should have told/informed me that she/Sarai {is} your wife!”
1442	12:19	o893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא	1	“Why did you say/pretend that she {is} your sister,” or “You should not have said/pretended that she {is} your sister,” Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1443	12:19	xl4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	“so that I took/chose her to be a/my wife!” or “so that I ended up taking her to be my wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1444	12:19	dqec			וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה	1	“Now therefore,” or “So now,”
1445	12:19	zn5o			הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	“here is your wife {back}.” or “look, I’m giving your wife back to you.”
1446	12:19	wpvs			קַ֥ח וָ⁠לֵֽךְ	1	“Take {her} and leave {my country}!”
1447	12:20	hloj			וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו & פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	“Then {King} Pharaoh gave orders to” or “Then the {Egyptian} king ordered” or “Then the king {of/over Egypt} commanded/ordered”. Consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language.
1448	12:20	cnsk			אֲנָשִׁ֑ים	1	“{some of} his men/soldiers”
1449	12:20	caru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָלָ֛י⁠ו	1	“concerning/about him/Abram,” or “to make sure that Abram left,” Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to.
1450	12:20	ynrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ	1	“and/so they forced him to leave {the/their country},” or “and/so they expelled him {from Egypt},”
1451	12:20	ec0t			וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“along with his wife”
1452	12:20	hplb			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	“and all that he/they had/owned.” or “all his/their possessions.” This included Abram’s slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned.
1453	13:1	dcd5			וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם	1	“So Abram went/traveled {northeast} from” or “Then/So Abram left”. The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction.
1454	13:1	gq4e			מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם	1	“{the land/country of} Egypt,”
1455	13:1	x9jp			ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ	1	“{He took} with him his wife”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1456	13:1	er79			וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֛⁠וֹ	1	“and everything that he/they owned/had,”
1457	13:1	g46k			וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	“as well as {his nephew} Lot,” or “and also {his nephew} Lot,” or “and {his nephew} Lot {went} with him/them.”
1458	13:1	hcbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ל֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	“{and they all went/traveled} {back} to the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt {and traveled back} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. {His nephew} Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “Negev” in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there.
1459	13:2	zhuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם	1	“Now” or “{By this/that time} Abram” or “Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram.
1460	13:2	t3k3			כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	“{had become} very wealthy/rich”
1461	13:2	k7fc			בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה	1	“with {many} livestock” or “so that he owned {many} livestock”. The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys.
1462	13:2	sedh			בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	“and {much} silver and gold.” In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated “gold” in Gen 2:11-12.
1463	13:3	seap			מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב	1	“From the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}”. See how you translated “the Negev” in verse 1.
1464	13:3	ph3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו	1	“he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled from place to place {northward}” or “he/Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward}”. Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language.
1465	13:3	rt3n			וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	“{until he/they came} to {the town of} Bethel,”
1466	13:3	yj2g			עַד הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר הָ֨יָה שָׁ֤ם אָֽהֳלוֹ֙	1	“to the place/site where he/they had camped/lived in tents” or “where he had pitched his tents”
1467	13:3	nnuh			בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה	1	“before/previously,” or “the first time {he was there},”
1468	13:3	moa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי	1	“between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev {Desert} Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward} {until they came} to the place between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” and “Ai” in Gen 12:8.
1469	13:4	jmqv			אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה	1	“to the {same} place/site where he had made/built an altar before/previously,” or “{That is/was} the {same} place/site where he had first/previously made/built an altar,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8.
1470	13:4	tq1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	“There {again} Abram/he {sacrificed animals on the/that altar and} addressed Yahweh by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “So Abram/he {again} {used that altar} there {and} worshiped/praised Yahweh by name.” or “...worshiped/praised Yahweh.” See how you translated “called on the name of Yahweh” in Gen 12:8.
1471	13:5	mqte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם הָיָ֥ה	1	“Lot was traveling with {his uncle} Abram, and he {and his family} also had/owned”. The word “Now” introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave “Now” implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language.
1472	13:5	r7v1			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר	1	“flocks {of sheep and goats} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
1473	13:5	q7sx			וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים	1	“and {many} tents.” or “as well as {many} tents.”
1474	13:6	poa7			וְ⁠לֹא	1	“So” or “As a result,” or “In fact,”
1475	13:6	zhy2			וְ⁠לֹא־נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	“there was not enough land to provide them {all} with enough food and water” or “there was not enough land to provide/have enough food and water for both families {and their livestock/animals}”
1476	13:6	a3n3			לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו	1	“if they lived near each other,” or “if they lived in the same area/region,”
1477	13:6	qa7c			כִּֽי הָיָ֤ה רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ רָ֔ב וְ⁠לֹ֥א	1	“because their belongings were so abundant that” or “because they owned so many servants and livestock/animals that” or “They each owned so many servants and livestock/animals that”. The phrase “their possessions” especially refers to their livestock, which required much land to graze on and much water to drink, and probably also includes their many servants. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1478	13:6	m3y0			וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת	1	“they could not {all}” or “it was not possible for them to {all}”
1479	13:6	nfu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו	1	“live near each other.” or “live in the same area/region.” See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they {each/both} owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they {all} needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “stayed together” earlier in this verse.
1480	13:7	wfy2			וַֽ⁠יְהִי	1	“In fact,” or “As a result,”
1481	13:7	qb77			וַֽ⁠יְהִי רִ֗יב	1	“there was conflict/arguing” or “arguments/quarreling erupted/started”. The Hebrew word for “strife” is general in meaning and can include arguing and fighting. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
1482	13:7	jdu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בֵּ֚ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵֽה אַבְרָ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֖ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵה ל֑וֹט	1	“between Abram’s herdsmen and Lot’s herdsmen.” or “between the men who were tending Abram’s livestock and the men who were tending Lot’s livestock.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Then the men who were taking care of Abram’s livestock and the men who were taking care of Lot’s livestock started to argue with each other.” Do what is best in your language.
1483	13:7	hvu9			וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	“Besides that,” or “Adding to that {problem was the fact that}”
1484	13:7	syk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י	1	“the Canaanite people and the Perizzite people” or “the descendants of Canaan and Perez”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10, and see how you translated “the Canaanites” in Gen 12:6.
1485	13:7	xsuz			יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“were {also} living in the/that land/area/region”
1486	13:7	eq3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אָ֖ז	1	“at that time.” For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “...at that time the Canaanites....” Do what is best in your language.
1487	13:8	wne5			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט	1	“Then/Finally {one day} Abram said to Lot,”
1488	13:8	d1gl			אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י	1	“Please, we should not have/allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not {any}”
1489	13:8	xank			מְרִיבָה֙	1	“conflict/fighting/arguing”. See how you translated “strife” in verse 7.
1490	13:8	kz66			בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“between you and me,” or “between us,”
1491	13:8	a1pw			וּ⁠בֵ֥ין רֹעַ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רֹעֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“or/nor between the men tending my livestock and the men tending your livestock,” or “or/nor between our herdsmen,” See how you translated “herdsmen” in verse 7.
1492	13:8	d9nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ	1	“because/since we {are} men {who are also} brothers/relatives.” or “because/since we {are} close relatives.” Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we {are} close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language.
1493	13:9	sm7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	“Look, the entire land is available to you {to choose from}.” or “You can {choose to} live anywhere in this entire land.” Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement.
1494	13:9	ad9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י	1	“Please {choose the land you want, and} let’s go our separate ways.” or “Please {choose where you want to live, and} let’s live in separate places.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude.
1495	13:9	oj9a			אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל	1	“If {you choose} {the land to} the left {of here},” or “if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our left,”
1496	13:9	fva4			וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה	1	“then I will take/choose {the land to} the right,” or “then I will live {in the land} to our right,”
1497	13:9	dd7y			וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין	1	“Or if {you choose} {the land to} the right {of here},” or “Or if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our right,” For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1498	13:9	m1ka			וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה	1	“then I will take/choose {the land to} the left.” or “then I will live {in the land} to our left.”
1499	13:10	ksqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא־ל֣וֹט אֶת־עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	“So Lot looked {all} around” or “Lot ooked around {carefully}”
1500	13:10	cuw3			וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת־כָּל־כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ & בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר	1	“and he observed/noticed that the entire/whole Jordan {River} Valley, all the way to {the town of} Zoar,” The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea.
1501	13:10	pwsa			מַשְׁקֶ֑ה	1	“had a lot of water,” or “had plenty of water,”
1502	13:10	r14f			כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙	1	“{It was lush and green} like the garden that Yahweh had planted,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “garden” in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote.
1503	13:10	mtls			כְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“and/or like the country of Egypt,”
1504	13:10	k9y5			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה	1	“{That is what it was like} before Yahweh destroyed {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {which were also in that valley}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1505	13:11	oyxz			וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	“So/Then Lot chose the entire/whole Jordan {River} Plain/Valley for himself,” or “So/Then Lot decided to live in the plain/valley that surrounded/bordered the Jordan {River},” See how you translated “plain of the Jordan” in verse 10.
1506	13:11	w8ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט	1	“and he traveled/moved” or “Then Lot/he {left Abram and} traveled/moved”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lot’s name or a pronoun to refer to him here.
1507	13:11	re87			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “to/toward the east {to live there}” or “eastward” (2) “from the east”
1508	13:11	h78o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	“So {in this way} they lived separately from each other.” or “That is how Abram and Lot ended up living in separate/different places.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph.
1509	13:12	eqvk			אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב	1	“Abram settled/stayed {where he was}” or “Abram continued to live”
1510	13:12	yax4			בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“in {that part of} the land/region of Canaan,”
1511	13:12	k2oi			וְ⁠ל֗וֹט יָשַׁב֙	1	“but/while/whereas Lot lived”
1512	13:12	f9os		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר	1	“{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities of/in the {Jordan River} valley” or “{in another part of the land/region} in/among the cities in the plain/valley {surrounding/bordering the Jordan River}”. As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12).
1513	13:12	tu8e			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד	1	“He {eventually} pitched his tents in/near” or “and {eventually} moved his tents to/near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1514	13:12	j59c			סְדֹֽם	1	“{the city of} Sodom {and settled/stayed there}.”
1515	13:13	qeuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י	1	“But”. This conjunction introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language.
1516	13:13	qquc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם	1	“the people {who lived} in {the city of} Sodom”. This phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men.
1517	13:13	ussh			רָעִ֖ים & מְאֹֽד	1	“{were} extremely/very wicked/evil”
1518	13:13	a8b1			וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	“were {terrible} sinners against Yahweh.” or “were {always/constantly} sinning/rebelling against Yahweh.” Some translations treat the phrase “wicked and sinful” as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the people’s evil character and behavior.
1519	13:14	cxs0			וַֽ⁠יהוָ֞ה אָמַ֣ר אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם אַחֲרֵי֙ הִפָּֽרֶד ל֣וֹט מֵֽ⁠עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“After Lot had left Abram, Yahweh said to Abram,”
1520	13:14	grqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	“Look around please/now” or “Look {all} around you”. See how you translated the idiom “lift...eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for “please” is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging.
1521	13:14	pmid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה	1	“from the place where you {live},” or “from where you {are standing},” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look {all} around you. Look...” Do what is best in your language.
1522	13:14	ipow			וּ⁠רְאֵ֔ה	1	“Look”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1523	13:14	tlr6			צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה	1	“to the north, south, east, and west,” or “{in all directions:} north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,” See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8.
1524	13:15	u6rx			כִּ֧י אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה	1	“All the land that you see” or “All that land, as far as you can see,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1525	13:15	arvu			לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“I will give to you and your descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in Gen 12:7.
1526	13:15	dcfi			עַד עוֹלָֽם	1	“{to own/possess} forever.”
1527	13:16	psm1			וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“Besides that, I will {also} cause your offspring/descendants to be” or “In fact, I will {also} give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be”
1528	13:16	h6lr			כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“as {numerous as} the {specks of} dust/dirt on the earth,” See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19.
1529	13:16	rtyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם יוּכַ֣ל אִ֗ישׁ לִ⁠מְנוֹת֙	1	“Just as it is impossible to count” or “Just as no one is able to count”. The Hebrew text has a contrary-to-fact clause here which implies that it is impossible for anyone to count all the specks of dust. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1530	13:16	it85			כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	“all the dust/dirt specks/particles,” or “how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are,” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “of/on the earth” here. Do what is best in your language.
1531	13:16	tjyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה	1	“so it will be impossible to count all your offspring/descendants {because they will be so numerous}.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many {specks/particles of} dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language.
1532	13:17	hsbz			ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ	1	“{Now} go walk” or “{So now,} start walking”. The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land.
1533	13:17	vbbt			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“through/throughout the land {in all directions},”
1534	13:17	hdl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ	1	“including its length and its width, {and look it over,}” or “Walk/Go throughout the entire land {and look it over},” The phrase “its length...its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1535	13:17	j72c			כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	“because you {are the one} I am giving it to.” or “because I am giving it {all} to you.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to you” is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language.
1536	13:18	evru			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Abram {did what Yahweh commanded} and moved his tents” or “Abram {obeyed Yahweh and} moved/relocated his tents”. Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase “moved his tents” in verse 12.
1537	13:18	uf3q			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א וַ⁠יֵּ֛שֶׁב	1	“and went to settle/live” or “and settled”
1538	13:18	rny9			בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א	1	“near the terebinth/oak trees on Mamre’s {land},” or “near the terebinth/oak trees {on the land} owned by {a man named} Mamre,” See how you translated “terebinth” in Gen 12:6.
1539	13:18	isz2			אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן	1	“near {the city of} Hebron,”
1540	13:18	hx7g			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	“There he built an altar {out of stones}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8.
1541	13:18	ikf8			לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	“{and burned/offered sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8.
1542	14:1	vbzr			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙	1	“Then it happened {that} during the days/time when” or “During that time”
1543	14:1	rxaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms	אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ	1	“Amraphel {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”. The term “king” refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated “Shinar” in Gen 10:10; 11:2.
1544	14:1	x729			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	“{the land/region of} Shinar,”
1545	14:1	abfg			אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Arioch {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”. It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities.
1546	14:1	lxcz			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	“{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
1547	14:1	b13t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was ruling”. In Hebrew this king’s name is pronounced “Kedorlaomer”. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, “Elam” refers to the land where the descendants of Shem’s son Elam lived (Gen 10:22).
1548	14:1	wi37			עֵילָ֔ם	1	“{the land/region of} the Elamites,”
1549	14:1	ygbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	“and Tidal {was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”. Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language.
1550	14:1	sjfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גּוֹיִֽם	1	“the Goyim {people},” Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language.
1551	14:2	htro			עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה אֶת־	1	“those/Those {four} kings {became allies/partners and} made/waged war” or “those/Those {four} kings {joined forces and} went to war”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1.
1552	14:2	lshe			בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Bera {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling”
1553	14:2	z35m			סְדֹ֔ם	1	“{the city of} Sodom,”
1554	14:2	nskg			וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Birsha {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling”
1555	14:2	umpm			עֲמֹרָ֑ה	1	“{the city of} Gomorrah,”
1556	14:2	c762			שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Shinab {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shinab who was ruling”
1557	14:2	g5v9			אַדְמָ֗ה	1	“{the city of} Admah,”
1558	14:2	wqsq			וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Shemeber {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling”
1559	14:2	cm6o			צְבוֹיִ֔ים	1	“{the city of} Zeboyim,”
1560	14:2	l0c9			וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	“and the king/ruler over” or “and the king/ruler who was ruling”
1561	14:2	sdes			בֶּ֖לַע	1	“{the town of} Bela,”
1562	14:2	yl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִיא צֹֽעַר	1	“which {is also/now called} Zoar.” or “which {was later called} Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.” This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote.
1563	14:3	lfo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙	1	“These/Those {five kings} all”. Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that “these” refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2.
1564	14:3	ju1b			חָֽבְר֔וּ	1	“united/combined their forces/armies {as allies/partners} {and fought against the four kings}”
1565	14:3	y38z			אֶל עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּ֑ים	1	“in the Siddim Valley,”
1566	14:3	v7c6			ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח	1	“which {later} {became} the Salt Sea.” or “where the Salt Sea {is now}.” The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea (also known as the Dead Sea) is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size.
1567	14:4	n2ht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה	1	“{This is what happened:} {For/During} twelve years” or “{This is why they were fighting:} {For/During} twelve years”. This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information.
1568	14:4	iqc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָבְד֖וּ	1	“the five kings had paid tribute/taxes/money to” or “the five kings had been subject to” or “they had been ruled by””. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the five kings (listed in verse 2) at this point in the paragraph.
1569	14:4	cdq3			אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer,” Be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 1.
1570	14:4	ng6n			וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה	1	“but {sometime} in/during the thirteenth year”
1571	14:4	hmdh			מָרָֽדוּ	1	“they started to rebel/revolt {against him}.”
1572	14:5	qae4			וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה	1	“Then {sometime} in/during the fourteenth year,”
1573	14:5	nqz7			כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer”
1574	14:5	qwfx			וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָכִים֙	1	“and the {three} kings”
1575	14:5	yglc			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“who {were allied} with him” or “who {were} his allies/partners”
1576	14:5	oirx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ֣א	1	“{united/combined their armies and} went {to war/fight} {against all their enemies}”. Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies.
1577	14:5	cg83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ	1	“{First,} they conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1578	14:5	vtcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת רְפָאִים֙	1	“the Rephaites” or “the Rephaite/Repha people”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-18, and see the note about that at 10:4.
1579	14:5	jqwe			בְּ⁠עַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת קַרְנַ֔יִם	1	“in {the city of} Ashteroth-Karnaim,”
1580	14:5	fviv			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠זּוּזִ֖ים	1	“and/then the Zuzites” or “and the Zuzite/Zuz people”
1581	14:5	wfa2			בְּ⁠הָ֑ם	1	“in {the city of} Ham,”
1582	14:5	wbtc			הָֽ⁠אֵימִ֔ים	1	“the Emites” or “the Emite/Em people”
1583	14:5	fhdm			בְּ⁠שָׁוֵ֖ה קִרְיָתָֽיִם	1	“in {the city of} Shaveh-Kiriathaim,”
1584	14:6	zg2n			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חֹרִ֖י	1	“and the Horite/Hor people”
1585	14:6	f5cg			בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר	1	“{who lived} in the hill country of {the land/region of} Seir” or “{who lived} in the Seir Hills/Mountains”
1586	14:6	p20q			עַ֚ד אֵ֣יל פָּארָ֔ן	1	“{all the way} to {the city of} El Paran,”
1587	14:6	b5lx			אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל	1	“which {is located} near/beside” or “which {is} on/at the edge/border of”
1588	14:6	pbqs			הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	“the/a desert.” A wilderness is a dry, rocky area where few plants grow and few people live. See how you translated “wilderness/desert” in Gen 12:9 and 13:1, 3 (if you made that explicit in those verses).
1589	14:7	rugw			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	“Next the/those {four} kings {and their armies}”
1590	14:7	cwo4			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	“turned around” or “started to return home”
1591	14:7	c69k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ	1	“and went”
1592	14:7	fm78			אֶל עֵ֤ין מִשְׁפָּט֙	1	“to {the city of} En Mishpat,”
1593	14:7	wbrw			הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ	1	“which {is also/now called} Kadesh,” or “which {was later called} Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2.
1594	14:7	v4ak			וַ⁠יַּכּ֕וּ	1	“They conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1595	14:7	wufy			אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י	1	“the entire/whole territory/area/land where the Amalekites lived” or “...where the Amalekite/Amalek people {group} lived”
1596	14:7	p33f			וְ⁠גַם֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י	1	“as well as the Amorite/Amor people {group},” Be consistent here with how you translated “Amorites” in Gen 10:16.
1597	14:7	o8wj			הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חַֽצְצֹ֥ן תָּמָֽר	1	“who lived in {the city of} Hazezon Tamar.”
1598	14:8	txjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	“That’s when”. Verse 8 is talking about the same battle that is mentioned in verse 2, except it leaves out the names of the kings. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like a different battle.
1599	14:8	irbp			מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע	1	“the king over {the city of} Sodom, the king over {the city of} Gomorrah, the king over {the city of} Admah, the king over {the city of} Zeboyim, and the king over {the town of} Bela,” or “the kings over {the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,” Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19.
1600	14:8	or65			הִוא צֹ֑עַר	1	“which {is also/now called} Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
1601	14:8	e103			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	“went/marched out {with their armies}”
1602	14:8	djq8			בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּֽים	1	“into the Siddim Valley”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
1603	14:8	g78j			וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and assembled/prepared/positioned {themselves} for battle” or “and got ready to fight” (2) “and joined/united together in battle”
1604	14:9	daj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“against Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {who was} the king/ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was ruling”. The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there.
1605	14:9	g6fo			עֵילָ֗ם	1	“{the land/region of} Elam,”
1606	14:9	tgaj			וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Tidal {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling”
1607	14:9	izhi			גּוֹיִ֔ם	1	“the Goyim {people},” Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1.
1608	14:9	w2fr			וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“Amraphel {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling”
1609	14:9	nnvk			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	“{the land/region of} Shinar,”
1610	14:9	oj0f			וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	“and Arioch {who was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling”
1611	14:9	gwis			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	“{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
1612	14:9	jqlu			אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת	1	“{It was} four kings {who started fighting} against” or “{Then} the/those four kings attacked”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1613	14:9	ea8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה	1	“the five {kings} {and started defeating them}.” It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here.
1614	14:10	n67g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠עֵ֣מֶק הַ⁠שִׂדִּ֗ים בֶּֽאֱרֹ֤ת בֶּאֱרֹת֙ חֵמָ֔ר	1	“The Siddim Valley was full of tar pits,” or “There were many tar pits in the Siddim Valley,” The word “Now” indicates a change of topic and introduces background information. For some languages it is more natural to omit that word and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated “the Valley of Siddim” in verses 3 and 8, and how you translated “tar” in Gen 11:3.
1615	14:10	p8kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה	1	“As/When the kings of/over {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {and their armies/soldiers} were running away {from the battle},” It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1616	14:10	wym8			וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “they died there {in the tar pits}.” or “some {of their soldiers/men} were killed there {in the tar pits}.” or “they fell into the tar pits {and died}.” (2) “jumped into the tar pits {to hide}.” Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun “they” probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate “fell there”.
1617	14:10	v2gs			וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” (2) “But the other {three kings and their armies/soldiers}” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here or continue the previous sentence.
1618	14:10	wjyr			נָּֽסוּ	1	“ran away”. See how you translated “fled” earlier in this verse.
1619	14:10	d4wa			הֶ֥רָ⁠ה	1	“to the mountains/hills {to hide}.” See how you translated “hill country” in verse 6.
1620	14:11	yt9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ	1	“The the four kings took {by force}” or “Then the four kings seized”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph.
1621	14:11	vxuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה	1	“all the possessions of/from {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “all the {people’s} belongings in {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people here in your language.
1622	14:11	wi6p			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אָכְלָ֖⁠ם	1	“including/even all their food,” or “as well as all their food,”
1623	14:11	j1m7			וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ	1	“and left {with it all}.” or “and carried it {all} away {with them}.” or “and went on their way.”
1624	14:12	nyoh			וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ	1	“They also took {with them}” or “They also carried off/away” or “The four kings also captured”
1625	14:12	sf0a			אֶת ל֧וֹט וְ⁠אֶת רְכֻשׁ֛⁠וֹ בֶּן אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָ֖ם וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ	1	“Abram’s nephew Lot and his possessions/belongings,”
1626	14:12	z7z0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם	1	“since he was living in {the city of} Sodom.” For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abram’s nephew Lot was {also} living in {the city of} Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.”
1627	14:13	rmjy			וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט	1	“Then/But someone {from Sodom} escaped {from the battle} and came/went”
1628	14:13	tz4r			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י	1	“to Abram the Hebrew and reported {to him} {what had happened}.” The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shem’s great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
1629	14:13	b6mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הוּא֩	1	“Now {at that time} he/Abram” or “{At that time} he/Abram”. This phrase introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1630	14:13	ebfw			שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א	1	“was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “was {still} living by/near the terebinth/oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 13:18.
1631	14:13	p3v8			הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֗י	1	“{who was} {a member of} the Amorite {people/ethnic group}”. See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7.
1632	14:13	crpr			אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר	1	“{who was} the brother of Eshcol and Aner” or “{whose} brothers were Eshcol and Aner”
1633	14:13	tqk2			וְ⁠הֵ֖ם	1	“Those {three} men”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1634	14:13	u9mn			בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם	1	“had made a covenant/pact/agreement with Abram {to be his allies}.” or “and Abram had made a covenant/pact/agreement together {that they would help each other against their enemies}.”
1635	14:14	hnqu			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“When Abram found out”
1636	14:14	bkqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	“that his relative/nephew {Lot} had been captured,” or “that {the four kings} had captured his nephew {Lot},” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1637	14:14	r50d			וַ⁠יָּ֨רֶק	1	“he called/gathered together {for battle}” or “he summoned/assembled/mobilized {for battle}.”
1638	14:14	j9ie			אֶת חֲנִיכָ֜י⁠ו יְלִידֵ֣י בֵית֗⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת	1	“318 of his/the servants who had been born in his household and were trained/skilled warriors” or “318 of his servants born in his household whom he had trained to fight/battle”. It is clear from verse 15 that these men were Abram’s servants.
1639	14:14	uxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף	1	“Then he/Abram {and his men/servants and his allies} went/chased after {the invaders}” or “Then {together with his allies} they {all} pursued {the four kings and their armies}”. In this sentence the pronoun “he” refers to Abram and all those who had united with him as his allies.
1640	14:14	vvdg			עַד	1	“all the way to” or “until they caught up with them at”
1641	14:14	dlm1			דָּֽן	1	“{the town of} Dan.”
1642	14:15	ktaz			וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	“Then/There during the night he/Abram and his servants/men divided {into groups}, {surprise} attacked the {four} kings {and their soldiers},”
1643	14:15	chrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֑⁠ם	1	“and overpowered/defeated/routed them”
1644	14:15	xc61			וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפֵ⁠ם֙	1	“Then they went/chased after them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1645	14:15	yboz			עַד חוֹבָ֔ה	1	“{all the way} to {the town of} Hobah,” or “as far as {the town of} Hobah,”
1646	14:15	cvfq			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֖אל לְ⁠דַמָּֽשֶׂק	1	“which {is located} north of {the city of} Damascus.”
1647	14:16	wc8z			וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב	1	“As a result, he/Abram got back” or “He/Abram recovered”
1648	14:16	iuwg			אֵ֖ת כָּל הָ⁠רְכֻ֑שׁ	1	“all the {people’s} belongings/things {that the four kings had taken/seized}”
1649	14:16	oopx			וְ⁠גַם֩ & הֵשִׁ֔יב	1	“He also got back” or “He also recovered/rescued”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1650	14:16	l2dh			אֶת ל֨וֹט אָחִ֤י⁠ו	1	“his nephew Lot”
1651	14:16	d9o8			וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙	1	“and {all} his/Lot's belongings,”
1652	14:16	i31e			וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים	1	“as well as the women”
1653	14:16	vs21			וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠עָֽם	1	“and {all} the {other} people {whom the kings had captured}.”
1654	14:17	mqhb			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮	1	“Then the king over {the city of} Sodom”
1655	14:17	ykht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ־סְדֹם֮	1	“Then the king over {the city of} Sodom went out”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language.
1656	14:17	ra44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֒	1	“to greet/welcome him/Abram” or “and greeted/welcomed him/Abram”
1657	14:17	icwx			אֶל עֵ֣מֶק שָׁוֵ֔ה	1	“in the Shaveh Valley,”
1658	14:17	k618			ה֖וּא עֵ֥מֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	“which {is also called/named} the King’s Valley,” or “that is, the King’s Valley,”
1659	14:17	c2vk			אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ	1	“as he/Abram was returning {home}” or “as he/Abram was going/headed back home”. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18).
1660	14:17	oq8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵֽ⁠הַכּוֹת֙	1	“after defeating” or “after he defeated”. See how you translated “struck” in verse 15.
1661	14:17	luxv			אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר	1	“{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {and his army}”. Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17.
1662	14:17	wbxl			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים	1	“and {the armies of} the {other} {three} kings”
1663	14:17	c1g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies/partners.” or “who had joined/allied themselves with Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer.” For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated {King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the {other} {three} kings who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies, he started to return {home}. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the King’s Valley, the king over {the city of} Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language.
1664	14:18	x5qz			וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם	1	“Then Melchizedek {who was} the king over {the city of} Salem {also came/went there, and he}”. Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (See: Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
1665	14:18	zo6c			הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן	1	“brought (some) bread and wine {for them to eat and drink}.” or “brought {some} bread and wine {for Abram and his men to eat and drink}.” It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated “wine” in Gen 9:21, 24.
1666	14:18	ojgm			וְ⁠ה֥וּא	1	“He {was also}” or “{King} Melchizedek {was also}”
1667	14:18	vl2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	כֹהֵ֖ן	1	“a priest for” or “a priest who served”. A priest is someone who represents people to God, and who represents God to the people. He leads the people in praying, worship, making sacrifices, ceremonies, and festivals.
1668	14:18	lwz3			לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן	1	“the most high/powerful God.” or “the highest/greatest God.” or “God who is higher/greater {than all other gods}.”
1669	14:19	z3jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	“He blessed Abram” or “So he/Melchizedek blessed Abram”. Make sure your translation of “blessed...and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. Also see how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3.
1670	14:19	feqa			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“by saying {to him},”
1671	14:19	t0au			בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙	1	“I pray that {you} Abram will be blessed”
1672	14:19	qqks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“by the most high/powerful God,” or “by the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless {you} Abram.” Do what is best in your language.
1673	14:19	cnzx			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{who is} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth.” or “who owns/created heaven and earth.” The Hebrew word for “Possessor” also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text, you could put in a footnote.
1674	14:20	qi3k			וּ⁠בָרוּךְ֙	1	“Praise” or “Give praise to” or “Let everyone praise”. See how you translated “Praised be” in Gen 9:26.
1675	14:20	bnw8			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“the most high/powerful God,” or “the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-19.
1676	14:20	bx1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁר מִגֵּ֥ן צָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“because he gave you victory over your enemies!” or “because he enabled you to defeat your enemies!” The phrase “delivered...into your hand” is an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here.
1677	14:20	kq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ	1	“Then Abram gave {King} Melchizedek”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
1678	14:20	dxmy			מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר	1	“one-tenth” or “ten percent”
1679	14:20	yh95			מִ⁠כֹּֽל	1	“of everything {that he had recovered/captured in the battle}.” or “of all {the plunder he had brought back from the battle}.” This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them.
1680	14:21	u3e7			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם אֶל־אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“Then the king of Sodom requested of Abram,” or “After that, the king over {the city of} Sodom urged/asked Abram,”
1681	14:21	kges		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	תֶּן לִ֣⁠י	1	“{Please} give/return to me”. Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodom’s request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding.
1682	14:21	pmak			הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ	1	“the/my people {whom you rescued/saved},” or “the people {from Sodom} {whom you rescued},”
1683	14:21	yqi3			וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“but the possessions/plunder you may take/keep for yourself.” or “but take/keep for yourself the/their belongings {that you recovered}.” See how you translated “possessions” in verses 11-12,16.
1684	14:22	n9df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם	1	“But Abram/he replied to him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation.
1685	14:22	mra6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	“{I will not keep anything, because} I have raised my hand {and sworn/vowed/promised} to Yahweh,” It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abram’s oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he breaks his oath.
1686	14:22	j9qr			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	“{who is} the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20.
1687	14:22	v040			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“{and} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth,” or “{and} the One who owns/created heaven and earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 19.
1688	14:23	xn0s			אִם	1	“{that} I will not {keep/accept}”
1689	14:23	lbqa			מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל	1	“even a thread/string or the strap from a sandal,” or “even {something as small/insignificant as} a string or a sandal strap,”
1690	14:23	wb28			וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל	1	“No/Yes, I will not keep/accept anything”. This clause emphasizes Abram’s point. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
1691	14:23	ah9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	“that {belongs} to you {or your people},” or “that is yours {or your people’s},” For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{that} I will not keep/accept anything that {belongs} to you {or your people}, not even {something as small as} a thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language.
1692	14:23	hns6			וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר	1	“That way you can never say,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1693	14:23	xhbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם	1	“I {am the one who} made Abram rich/wealthy!” or “that you {were the one who} made me rich.” The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote.
1694	14:24	kk1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק	1	“{So} I {will} not {keep/accept} anything, except” or “{So} I {will} only {keep/accept}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence.
1695	14:24	kaz7			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים	1	“what my servants {who fought with me} have eaten” or “what my men/warriors ate”. These young men were Abram’s trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15.
1696	14:24	pp7i			וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א	1	“and the share/part {of the plunder} that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies/partners.” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.”
1697	14:24	h54m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ	1	“{Please} let them take/have” or “{Please} give them”. Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior.
1698	14:24	umi6			חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם	1	“their share/part {of the plunder}.” or “their share/part {of what we recovered}.”
1699	15:1	gh9e			אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	“After those things/events {happened},” or “After that,”
1700	15:1	uy8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“Yahweh said to Abram in a vision,” or “Yahweh appeared/came to Abram visually and said {to him},” A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened.
1701	15:1	qg0x			אַל תִּירָ֣א אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Abram, do not be afraid!”
1702	15:1	a97c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	“I {am} your shield/protector,” or “I protect you {like} a shield,” or “I will shield/protect you,” God is like a shield to Abram, since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language.
1703	15:1	dbve			שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{and} your reward {from me} will be very great.” or “{and} I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” The context (verse 2) shows that is how Abram understood God. (2) “{and} {I am} your very great/valuable reward.”
1704	15:2	vwfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Abram said/lamented {to him},” or “But/Then Abram asked {him},” The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question.
1705	15:2	n8qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יֱהוִה֙	1	“My Master, Yahweh,” or “Yahweh, my Lord/Master,” The term “Lord” implies ownership and that God has complete authority over people.
1706	15:2	ep5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י	1	“what {reward} will/can you give to me {that would benefit me},” or “{I don’t understand} how a reward from you {would benefit/help} me,” or “even if you reward me {greatly}, {that will not benefit/help me,}” Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude.
1707	15:2	ifre			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עֲרִירִ֑י	1	“since I remain childless” or “I still have no children”
1708	15:2	dltw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק	1	“so that {when/after I die,} the inheritor/heir of” or “So {when I die,} the one who will inherit/own”. The phrase “son of the inheritance” is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1709	15:2	gn01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בֵּיתִ֔⁠י	1	“my estate/property” or “all/everything that I have/own”. This phrase refers here to all Abram’s belongings.
1710	15:2	nc22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר	1	“{is} {my foreign servant} Eliezer from Damascus” or “{is} {my servant} Eliezer {who is} {a foreigner} from {the city of} Damascus”. In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Damascus” in Gen 14:15.
1711	15:3	jv86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Then he continued/added,” Some languages omit these words, because the same speaker is still speaking to the same audience. Do what is best in your language.
1712	15:3	im0k			הֵ֣ן	1	“Look/Indeed,” Some translations omit this phrase to prevent Abram from sounding rude. Do what is best in your language.
1713	15:3	o4j4			לִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א נָתַ֖תָּה זָ֑רַע	1	“you have not given me any children,” In the Hebrew text “to me” is before “you have not given” to emphasize Abram. Do what is natural in your language.
1714	15:3	w212			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“so that now {when/after I die},”
1715	15:3	zvm0			בֶן בֵּיתִ֖⁠י	1	“a servant from my household” or “one of my household servants”
1716	15:3	ojds			יוֹרֵ֥שׁ אֹתִֽ⁠י	1	“will be my heir!” or “will inherit/get everything I own!”
1717	15:4	nsoi			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“But immediately” or “Immediately”
1718	15:4	os3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דְבַר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	“Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 1.
1719	15:4	mxfc			זֶ֑ה	1	“{No,} that man/servant” or “{No,} your servant {Eliezer}”
1720	15:4	lns8			לֹ֥א יִֽירָשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ כִּי אִם֙	1	“will not inherit/get your estate/property, rather”
1721	15:4	o38q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא	1	“a son whom you father” or “it will be your very own {biological} son who”. The phrase “comes from your bowels” is an idiom that refers to fathering a son. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son.
1722	15:4	hr4c			יִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	“will inherit/own your estate/property.” or “will inherit/own it.”
1723	15:5	ww36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א אֹת֜⁠וֹ	1	“Then Yahweh took/led him/Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Yahweh and Abram at this point in the paragraph.
1724	15:5	gdld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה	1	“outside {his tent}”. Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does).
1725	15:5	p6yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and said {to him},”
1726	15:5	vwsk			הַבֶּט נָ֣א	1	“Please/Now look {up}” or “Look {up}”. See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging.
1727	15:5	zhiv			הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה	1	“into the heavens” or “at/into the {night} sky”
1728	15:5	i9uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and {try to} count how many stars there are, if {in fact,} anyone could {possibly} count {all of} them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could {ever/possibly} count them {all}.” God’s point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abram’s ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language.
1729	15:5	uudh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	“{While Abram was looking at the stars,} Yahweh said to him/Abram,” or “{So Abram looked up at the stars,} and Yahweh continued speaking to him,” Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
1730	15:5	fv94			כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“That is how {numerous/many} your offspring/descendants will be.” or “That is how many offspring/descendants you will have.”
1731	15:6	obq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן	1	“He/Abram trusted/believed Yahweh,” or “He/Abram believed what Yahweh said,” Many translations omit the conjunction “And” here. Do what is best in your language. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the subject here, not Yahweh (who was the last subject in verse 5).
1732	15:6	nhkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה	1	“and {so} Yahweh counted/credited it/that to him {as} righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh considered/reckoned him/Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered him/Abram to have a right relationship with him.” Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section.
1733	15:7	il2v			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Yahweh said to him/Abram,”
1734	15:7	jwqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	“I {am} Yahweh who brought/led you {here} from {the city of} Ur”
1735	15:7	j8wd			כַּשְׂדִּ֔ים	1	“which is ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans” or “that the Kasdim/Chaldeans rule” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldeans live”. See how you translated “Ur of the Kasdim/Chaldeans” in Gen 11:28, 31, and see the note about that there.
1736	15:7	vfmv			לָ֧⁠תֶת לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	“to give this land to you”
1737	15:7	g9jd			לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“to own.” or “as your homeland.” or “to be your own/home.”
1738	15:8	vtol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	“Then/But Abram said/replied {to him},” or “Then/But he/Abram asked {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh.
1739	15:8	yj8m			אֲדֹנָ֣⁠י יֱהוִ֔ה	1	“My Lord/Master, Yahweh,” or “Yahweh, my Lord/Master,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
1740	15:8	i68u			בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע	1	“how will/can I know {for sure}” or “how will/can I be certain/sure”
1741	15:8	auft			כִּ֥י אִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠נָּה	1	“that I will possess/own this land/territory?” or “that this land will be mine?”
1742	15:9	m3dc			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” or “Yahweh replied,”
1743	15:9	i00p			קְחָ֥⁠ה לִ⁠י֙	1	“Bring me”
1744	15:9	uh33			עֶגְלָ֣ה מְשֻׁלֶּ֔שֶׁת	1	“a cow that is three years old,”
1745	15:9	zo9s			וְ⁠עֵ֥ז מְשֻׁלֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	“a female goat that is three years old,”
1746	15:9	x5l7			וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ	1	“and a male sheep that is three years old.” For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a {young} cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language.
1747	15:9	h03l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠תֹ֖ר וְ⁠גוֹזָֽל	1	“as well as a turtledove/dove and a young pigeon.” Turtledoves and pigeons are common, closely related birds that look similar and are often gray or grayish brown in color. One of the main differences is that turtledoves are smaller than pigeons. Compare how you translated “dove” in Gen 8:8.
1748	15:10	haes			וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח	1	“So {the next/following day} Abram brought/took”. It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation.
1749	15:10	rm6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה	1	“all those {animals} to him/Yahweh {and slaughtered/killed them}.” Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language.
1750	15:10	lz42			וַ⁠יְבַתֵּ֤ר אֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	“Then/Next Abram cut/divided the animals’ bodies”
1751	15:10	qlm4			בַּ⁠תָּ֔וֶךְ	1	“in half lengthwise” or “into two parts lengthwise”. Abram probably cut the animals down the middle lengthwise, which means that each half had one front leg, and one back leg.
1752	15:10	zyln			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אִישׁ־בִּתְר֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠קְרַ֣את רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and placed/arranged each half a short distance/space across from the/its other half {in two rows},” or “and laid/arranged the right half of each animal opposite/across from its left half {in two rows},”
1753	15:10	g80e			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר	1	“but he did not cut/divide {the bodies of} the birds in two/half.” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two/half.” See how you translated “cut...in two” earlier in verse 10.
1754	15:11	dhk0			וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט	1	“Then {some} birds of prey landed” or “Then {some} vultures flew/swooped down {and landed}”. Birds of prey eat dead animal meat and can include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows.
1755	15:11	p4wl			עַל־הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים	1	“the {dead} animal bodies/parts {to eat them},” or “the dead animals {to eat them},”
1756	15:11	xeat			וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠ם אַבְרָֽם	1	“but Abram chased/scared them away.” or “but Abram made them go away.”
1757	15:12	e39m			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	“Then it happened {that}” or “Later”. This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation.
1758	15:12	d33t			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא	1	“as/when the sun was going down” or “as/when it was starting to become dark/night”
1759	15:12	l3t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה נָפְלָ֣ה עַל אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“Abram fell/went into a deep/sound sleep,” or “Abram went soundly asleep,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 2:21.
1760	15:12	f59z			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1761	15:12	zuck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֵימָ֛ה חֲשֵׁכָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה נֹפֶ֥לֶת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	“a great/deep, terrifying darkness came over him.” or “it became completely/very dark, and he became/was terrified.”
1762	15:13	y3qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Then Yahweh said to Abram/him,”
1763	15:13	dsdw			יָדֹ֨עַ תֵּדַ֜ע כִּי	1	“You can be certain/sure that” or “I want you to know that”
1764	15:13	pj1f			זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	“your descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
1765	15:13	wscw			גֵ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה	1	“will live as foreigners/sojourners”. The word “strangers” refers to people who live temporarily in a city, country, or region, but they do not settle there permanently.
1766	15:13	cm9l			בְּ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙	1	“in a country”
1767	15:13	sd2n			לֹ֣א לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	“that is not their own.” or “that is not their home/homeland.”
1768	15:13	d6oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם	1	“They will serve the people {of/in that land/country} {as slaves},” or “They will be servants/slaves for the people {who live in that land/country},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to.
1769	15:13	kntb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עִנּ֣וּ אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“and those people will oppress/mistreat them” or “and those people will treat them cruelly/badly”. Notice that here the pronoun “they” refers to the people who were living in the country where Abram’s descendants will be sojourning and “them” refers to Abram’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1770	15:13	hx9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	“{for} 400 years.” or “{for a period of} 400 years.” This phrase refers to how long Abram’s descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.”
1771	15:14	r32f			וְ⁠גַ֧ם	1	“But” or “But/And you can also be certain/sure that”
1772	15:14	kuy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי	1	“{the people of} that nation/country” or “the/those people”
1773	15:14	tbec			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ	1	“whom they serve {as slaves}” or “who made them slaves”
1774	15:14	dvzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי	1	“I will punish,” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish {the people of} the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language.
1775	15:14	rxgp			וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֥ן	1	“After that,” or “Then”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1776	15:14	bwpf			יֵצְא֖וּ	1	“your offspring/descendants will leave {that land/country}”
1777	15:14	hshe			בִּ⁠רְכֻ֥שׁ גָּדֽוֹל	1	“with many possessions.” or “with great/much wealth.” or “and take many possessions/riches with them.” See how you translated “possessions” in Gen 14:16, 21.
1778	15:15	lnj7			וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה	1	“Now/But {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, this phrase, which includes the emphatic pronoun “you” in a fronted position, is used here to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
1779	15:15	yeva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם	1	“you will be at peace when you {die and} join your forefathers/ancestors {who have died/gone before you}”. This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term “fathers” refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth.
1780	15:15	wwh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה	1	“{In fact,} you will not die until you have lived a good/blessed, long life.” or “{In fact,} you will live a good/blessed, long life before you die.” This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors {who have died before you}.” Do what is best in your language.
1781	15:16	pycy			וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י	1	“Then four generations later,” or “Then after four generations {have passed},”
1782	15:16	vmew			יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה	1	“your descendants will return here {to live},” or “your descendants will come back to this land {and live here},”
1783	15:16	jv0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה	1	“because that is when the Amorite/Amor people will have sinned as much as I will allow {before I take away their land and give it to your descendants}.” or “{and I will give them the land of the} Amorite/Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.” God planned to give the Amorites’ land to Abram’s descendants because of the Amorites’ sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18.
1784	15:17	pz6x			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	“Then it happened {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 12, and see the note about that there.
1785	15:17	epqp			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ בָּ֔אָה	1	“when/after the sun had gone down,” or “when/after the sun had set,” The sun had started to go down in verse 12. Here it had completely set.
1786	15:17	s3qr			וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה	1	“it was/became {very} dark”. This Hebrew word for “darkness” implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible.
1787	15:17	gctf			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	“and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1788	15:17	iqre			תַנּ֤וּר עָשָׁן֙	1	“a {clay} pot {appeared} {that was full} of burning coals and had smoke coming from it,”
1789	15:17	b7pu			וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ	1	“and {also} a burning/blazing torch”
1790	15:17	mf10			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר	1	“and they {both} passed/went”
1791	15:17	rzj8			בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	“between those/the {two rows of} {animal} parts/halves.”
1792	15:18	trnn			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	“On that {very} day” or “At that time”. It is still nighttime at this point (See: verse 17), so the word “day” refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime.
1793	15:18	fchr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	כָּרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה	1	“Yahweh established/made”
1794	15:18	zmuv			אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית	1	“a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with Abram”. See how you translated “covenant” in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17.
1795	15:18	jufm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“{by} saying,” or “and said,”
1796	15:18	nifa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ נָתַ֨תִּי֙ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	“I am giving your offspring/descendants this land,” or “I hereby give this land to your offspring/descendants,” In the Hebrew text “to your offspring/descendants” is first in this quote to emphasize Abram’s descendants. Do what is natural in your language.
1797	15:18	g5es			מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“{which extends} from Egypt’s river {in the south}”. This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does.
1798	15:18	wiap			עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת	1	“to the great/big Euphrates River {in the north},”
1799	15:19	dwlz			אֶת	1	“{including} {the land which is owned/inhabited by}” or “{That is/includes} {the land which belongs to}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1800	15:19	ba00			אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִֽי	1	“the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites,” or “Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites,” In a list of people group names like this (verses 19-21), for some languages it is more natural to leave out “and” and “the” most of the time. Do what is natural in your language.
1801	15:20	t17t			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חִתִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠רְפָאִֽים	1	“the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaim/Rephaites,” or “Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim/Rephaites,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Hittites” in Gen 10:15, “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7, and “the Rephaim/Rephaites” in Gen 14:5.
1802	15:21	tiio			וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי	1	“the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.” or “Amorites, Canaanites, Girgashites, and Jebusites.” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Amorites” in verse 18 and “Amorites”, “Canaanites”, “Girgashites”, and “Jebusites” in Gen 10:15-18.
1803	16:1	j5rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠שָׂרַי֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת אַבְרָ֔ם	1	“Sarai, Abram’s wife,” or “Now Abram’s wife Sarai”. This verse begins a new topic and gives background information about Sarai. Some languages have a special conjunction for this. Other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1804	16:1	itjv			לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ	1	“{still} had not had {any} children for him,” or “had {still} not given birth {to any children} for him,” Sarai’s barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30.
1805	16:1	ck1v			וְ⁠לָ֛⁠הּ	1	“but she owned” or “but she did have”
1806	16:1	oni8			שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית	1	“an Egyptian slave/servant woman” or “a female slave/servant from {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16.
1807	16:1	gj9y			וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ הָגָֽר	1	“whose name was Hagar.” or “named Hagar.”
1808	16:2	hcuf			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֜י אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“So she told Abram,” or “Then Sarai/she told Abram,”
1809	16:2	hjtg			הִנֵּה נָ֞א	1	“Listen please/now,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11.
1810	16:2	l1km			עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת	1	“{since} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children,” or “{as you know,} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children, {so}”
1811	16:2	pxu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל	1	“please sleep with” or “please have {marital/sexual} relations with”. See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4.
1812	16:2	b34m			שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י	1	“my slave/servant woman {Hagar}.” See how you translated “maidservant” in verse 1.
1813	16:2	u5c8			אוּלַ֥י	1	“Maybe” or “{so that} perhaps/maybe”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1814	16:2	mcq5			אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה	1	“I can build/have a family through her {children}.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build/have a family.”
1815	16:2	klj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָ֖ם לְ⁠ק֥וֹל שָׂרָֽי	1	“Abram agreed to do what Sarai/she requested/suggested.” or “So Abram listened to Sarai.”
1816	16:3	kkb6			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֞ח שָׂרַ֣י אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“So/Then Abram’s wife Sarai took/brought” or “Then Sarai took/brought”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “Abram’s wife” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize Sarai’s relationship to Abram in contrast to Hagar. For some languages it is overly redundant to repeat that phrase, and so they leave it implied here. However, if possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
1817	16:3	hq9o			אֶת הָגָ֤ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִית֙ שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	“her Egyptian servant woman Hagar,” or “her servant Hagar,” The word “Egyptian” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize the fact that Hagar was a foreigner. If possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
1818	16:3	c5qd			מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	“after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years,”
1819	16:3	usjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	“and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife.” For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abram’s wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife. {This/That happened} after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar.
1820	16:4	z3yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר	1	“Then/So Abram slept with Hagar,” or “Then/So Abram/he had {marital} relations with Hagar,” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2.
1821	16:4	zkod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	“and {as a result,}” or “and {so}”
1822	16:4	onr6			וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	“and {as a result,} she became pregnant.” or “and {so} she became pregnant.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud.
1823	16:4	j6gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	“And/But {when} she/Hagar saw/realized that she was pregnant,” The word “saw” is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here.
1824	16:4	kp9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“she despised/disrespected her mistress/owner {Sarai}.” or “she regarded/treated her mistress/owner {Sarai} with contempt/disdain.” or “she started to look down on her mistress {Sarai}.” The phrase “despised in her eyes” is an idiom that refers here to Hagar’s attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1825	16:5	cvvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֣י אֶל אַבְרָם֮	1	“Then/So Sarai complained to Abram,”
1826	16:5	l7q0			חֲמָסִ֣⁠י עָלֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	“I am suffering because of you!” or “I am being mistreated because of you!” or “It is your fault that I am being treated wrongly/badly!” or “It is your fault that I am suffering!”
1827	16:5	ris2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“I gave my maidservant/servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my maidservant/servant to have {marital} relations with you,” The idiom “put...into your arms” refers to Abram’s relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive.
1828	16:5	ouxe			וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	“but {now that} she knows/realizes that she is pregnant,”
1829	16:5	dadx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	“she despises/disrespects me!” or “she treats me with contempt/disdain”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verse 4.
1830	16:5	igre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ	1	“I ask Yahweh to judge/decide between you and me {who is responsible for this}!” or “I ask Yahweh to judge/decide who is right/wrong, you or me!” or “May Yahweh judge whether it is you or I who is responsible {for this}!” As the head of the household, it was Abram’s responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote.
1831	16:6	mgqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל שָׂרַ֗י	1	“But Abram said/replied to Sarai/her,” or “Abram said/replied,”
1832	16:6	gb51			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	“Look/Listen,”
1833	16:6	onw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שִׁפְחָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ בְּ⁠יָדֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	“your slave/servant woman is under your authority/control.” or “you have authority over your slave/servant.” or “you are in charge of your servant.” The phrase “in your hand” is an idiom that refers to having control or authority over someone. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also see how you translated “maidservant” in verses 1-3, 5.
1834	16:6	ns17			עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ	1	“Do with her” or “{So} {you can/may} do to/with her”
1835	16:6	orxc			הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	“what{ever} you think/decide is good/right/best.” or “what{ever} pleases you.” The phrase “in your eyes” is an idiom that refers to Sarai’s opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5.
1836	16:6	yvhx			וַ⁠תְּעַנֶּ֣⁠הָ שָׂרַ֔י	1	“Then/So Sarai oppressed/mistreated her/Hagar, and/so” or “Then/So Sarai treated her/Hagar so harshly/badly that”. See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13.
1837	16:6	a1qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“she/Hagar ran away from her.” or “she/Hagar ran away {from home to get away} from her/Sarai.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai.
1838	16:7	ziyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה	1	“Then/But an angel/messenger {sent} from Yahweh found Hagar” or “Then/But one of Yahweh’s angels/messengers came to Hagar”. Make sure that the way you translate “found” does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally. Also, this messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being.
1839	16:7	urd3			עַל עֵ֥ין הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	“by/beside a spring of water” or “by/beside a spring”
1840	16:7	b4xd			בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר	1	“in the desert”. See how you translated “wilderness” in Gen 14:6.
1841	16:7	grd7			עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן	1	“{She was} at the spring” or “{It was} the spring”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1842	16:7	xce6			בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר	1	“{that was} beside/by the road {that goes} to {the city of} Shur.” or “{that was} beside/by the road near {the city of} Shur.”
1843	16:8	aajb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר	1	“And the angel/messenger said {to her},” or “The angel/messenger asked {her},” The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language.
1844	16:8	sc3u			הָגָ֞ר שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרַ֛י	1	“Hagar, Sarai’s slave/servant,” or “Hagar, who serves Sarai,”
1845	16:8	ogxo			אֵֽי מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה בָ֖את וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֑כִי	1	“where are you coming from, and where are you headed?”
1846	16:8	yltk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	“She/Hagar said/replied {to him},” or “She/Hagar answered {him},”
1847	16:8	ya1g			מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ שָׂרַ֣י גְּבִרְתִּ֔⁠י אָנֹכִ֖י בֹּרַֽחַת	1	“I am running away from my mistress/owner Sarai.” See how you translated “fled from...face” in verse 6 and how you translated “mistress” in verse 4.
1848	16:9	symc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“But/So Yahweh’s angel/messenger told her/Hagar,” or “Then/But he told her/Hagar,” Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation, after what Hagar said in verse 8.
1849	16:9	ceyk			שׁ֖וּבִי אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Go back {home} to your mistress/owner {Sarai}”. See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8.
1850	16:9	hp9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ	1	“and {humbly} submit {yourself} to her authority.” or “obey her {as her servant}.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“in your hand”) in verse 6.
1851	16:10	wpc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then the angel/messenger told/promised her,” or “Then he added/continued,” Some languages do not include the quote margins here and in verse 11, because the angel is still talking to Hagar. However, the repeated quote margins could show that the angel paused (before continuing), or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. Do what is best in your language.
1852	16:10	un14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	“I {Yahweh} will greatly increase/multiply {the number of} your offspring/descendants, so that” or “{This is what Yahweh says/promises to you:} “I will give you so many offspring/descendants that” or “{Yahweh promises to you that} he will give you many descendants, so that”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahweh’s words to Hagar, or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel.
1853	16:10	py6e			וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסָּפֵ֖ר	1	“no one will be able to count them all,” or “there will be too many to count,”
1854	16:10	vljc			מֵ⁠רֹֽב	1	“because of their large number.” or “because there will be so many of them.”
1855	16:11	e1h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	“Then/Finally the angel/messenger {also} said/prophesied to her,” or “Then/Finally he {also} told her,” or “Then the angel/messenger added/continued,”
1856	16:11	c3yg			הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן	1	“Look/Listen, {as you know,} {you are} expecting a child/baby. You will bear/have a son, and/then” or “Look/Listen, you are pregnant with a son. After/When he is born,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him.
1857	16:11	mecd			וְ⁠קָרָ֤את שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙	1	“give him the name” or “name him”
1858	16:11	tezq			יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל	1	“Ishmael, {which means “God listens/hears,”}” Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmael’s name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9.
1859	16:11	q8bz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּֽי שָׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶל	1	“because Yahweh heard” or “because Yahweh paid attention to”. If you include the meaning of Ishmael’s name earlier in this verse, make sure it fits with how you translate this clause.
1860	16:11	aus7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	“your {cries of} misery/suffering {and helped you}.” or “you when you were suffering {and helped you}.” The word that means “listened to” implies here that God also took action to help Hagar.
1861	16:12	rnzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֤וּא	1	“{When Ishmael grows up,} he” or “As for Ishmael, {when he grows up,} he”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh.
1862	16:12	p7hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם	1	“will be {proud and free} {like} a wild/untamed donkey” or “will be {like} a wild/untamed donkey {that no one can control/rule}” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”. The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here.
1863	16:12	ihvp			יָד֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל וְ⁠יַ֥ד כֹּ֖ל בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	“He will fight against everyone, and everyone will fight against him.” or “He will be enemies with everyone.”
1864	16:12	y6tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י & יִשְׁכֹּֽן	1	“In fact, he will {even} be hostile toward” or “Yes/Indeed, he will {also/even} fight against”. The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1865	16:12	sdus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	“all of his {own} relatives.” or “all of his {own} family members.” The word “brothers” is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language.
1866	16:13	iirj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י	1	“Then she/Hagar named Yahweh who had spoken to her. {She said/exclaimed,} “You are the God who sees!” ” or “After Yahweh spoke to her/Hagar, she called him El Roi, {which means “the God who sees,”}” Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name “El Roi” from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language.
1867	16:13	nxa3			כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה	1	“{She named him that,} because she {had} said/exclaimed {to herself},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1868	16:13	an8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י	1	“How can it be that I was able to look at the back of {the one/God who} looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of {him/God who} sees me!” Hagar’s rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation.
1869	16:14	jkis			עַל כֵּן֙	1	“That is why”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 11:9.
1870	16:14	x357			קָרָ֣א לַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר	1	“the/that well is/was called/named” or “people call that well” or “the name of the/that well is”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Also, this well is the same as the spring in verse 7. For some languages, it may be necessary to translate these words the same way so that it is clear that they refer to the same place. Do what is best in your language.
1871	16:14	hkkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י	1	“Beer Lahai Roi, {which means, “Well of the Living One, who sees me.”}”
1872	16:14	vkz7			הִנֵּ֥ה	1	“It is {still} there” or “That well is {still} there”
1873	16:14	v5d5			בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד	1	“between {the cities of} Kadesh and Bered.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7.
1874	16:15	sm1e			וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן	1	“After that, Hagar/she {returned home and} gave birth to a son for Abram,”
1875	16:15	sf8b			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָ֧ם שֶׁם בְּנ֛⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה הָגָ֖ר יִשְׁמָעֵֽאל	1	“and he called/named his son whom she bore/had Ishmael.” or “and Abram/he named his/their son Ishmael.”
1876	16:16	a7rj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם	1	“Abram {was}”. For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1877	16:16	hec8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	בֶּן	1	“86 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32.
1878	16:16	xkvq			בְּ⁠לֶֽדֶת הָגָ֥ר אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל לְ⁠אַבְרָֽם	1	“when Hagar gave birth to Ishmael for him.” or “when Hagar had Ishmael for him.” See how you translated “bore...for Abram” in verse 15. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hagar” in chapter 16 (verses 1, 4, 6-11, 13), and how you spelled “Ishmael” in verses 11, 12 and 15.
1879	17:1	a4g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠תֵ֣שַׁע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	“{Years} later, when Abram was 99/ninety-nine years old,” Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. See how you translated “was a son of...years” in Gen 5:32.
1880	17:1	b3u2			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א יְהוָ֜ה אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	“Yahweh appeared/came to him” or “Yahweh visited him”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:7.
1881	17:1	zcp6			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	“and told him,”
1882	17:1	ph7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י	1	“I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} the all-powerful God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here and say, for example, “God Almighty.” Other teams treat this title as a name and transliterate it as “El Shaddai” and put its meaning in a footnote. Do what is best in your language.
1883	17:1	z65o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	הִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	“Walk/Live in my presence” or “Live according to my will” or “Live in a way that pleases me”. This phrase is an idiom that means to habitually live according to God’s will.
1884	17:1	mxfa			וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה	1	“{yes, you must} be” or “so that you will be”
1885	17:1	bv2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָמִֽים	1	“without fault.” or “blameless/upright.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
1886	17:2	dsx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	“I will establish/institute my covenant/agreement”. Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “cut/make/establish....covenant” in Gen 15:18, where the verb is different from here but has a similar meaning (“establish/seal” or “put into effect”).
1887	17:2	ig4c			בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	“with you,”
1888	17:2	unnk			וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד	1	“and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase {the number of} your descendants so that they are exceedingly/very numerous.”
1889	17:3	iqyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם עַל־פָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	“Then Abram prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” or “{When} Abram {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” Make sure that the translation of this clause does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally; rather he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God.
1890	17:3	ia2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתּ֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	“and God spoke with/to him and said,” or “and God continued speaking with/to him/Abram,” or “and God continued/added,” Some translations omit “saying” here because it is not natural in those languages. Do what is best in your language.
1891	17:4	opjt			אֲנִ֕י הִנֵּ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	“Listen/Look, this is my part/responsibility in my covenant/agreement with you:” or “Listen/Look, this is what I will do to fulfill my covenant/agreement with you:” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “me” is emphatic in form and in sentence position to emphasize that Yahweh is the one doing this.
1892	17:4	yrur			וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ	1	“I will make you” or “I will cause you to be/become”
1893	17:4	jhlo			לְ⁠אַ֖ב	1	“the ancestor of”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:20, 21; 10:21.
1894	17:4	to54			הֲמ֥וֹן	1	“a large number of” or “many”
1895	17:4	bvqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	גּוֹיִֽם	1	“people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this term in Gen 10:5, 20, 31, 32.
1896	17:5	t3tn			וְ⁠לֹא־יִקָּרֵ֥א ע֛וֹד אֶת־שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֖ אַבְרָ֑ם	1	“So your name will not be Abram anymore,” or “Your name will no longer be Abram,”
1897	17:5	y88x			וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Rather/Instead, {from now on} it will be Abraham” or “Rather, I am changing it {now} to Abraham”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1898	17:5	ju00			כִּ֛י & נְתַתִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	“because I will make you” or “because you will be”. The form of the Hebrew verb in this clause is completed aspect (“have made”) and shows certainty that God will do this. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
1899	17:5	gvn8			אַב הֲמ֥וֹן גּוֹיִ֖ם	1	“the ancestor of many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
1900	17:6	d68r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֔ד	1	“Yes, I will make you extremely/exceedingly fruitful,” or “I will give you very many offspring/descendants,” This verse repeats and elaborates on the last part of verse 5; it does not refer to different events. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language.
1901	17:6	p8wc			וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם	1	“so that you will be/become {the father/ancestor of} {many} people/ethnic groups,” or “and I will cause your descendants to become {many} people/ethnic groups,”
1902	17:6	vqo1			וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֥ יֵצֵֽאוּ	2	“In fact, there will be kings who descend from you.” or “In fact, some of your descendants will be/become kings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “king” in Gen 14:1-5.
1903	17:7	q56j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֜⁠י בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	“I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with you”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. The pronouns “you” and “your” are singular in this clause and also later in this verse.
1904	17:7	dj4k			וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	“and {all} your offspring/descendants {who live/come} after you” or “as well as {all} your offspring/descendants”
1905	17:7	s1qx			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	“for {all} generations to come” or “for {all} future generations”
1906	17:7	cyi2			לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֑ם	1	“It will be a covenant/agreement that never ends,” or “It will be a covenant/agreement that lasts forever,” For some languages it is better to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1907	17:7	ds2h			לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“that I will be your God and {the God} of {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God who takes care of you and {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and {all} your descendants worship/serve.”
1908	17:8	nyz3			וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י לְ֠⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֨ אַחֲרֶ֜י⁠ךָ	1	“I will also give to you and your offspring/descendants”
1909	17:8	z44f			אֵ֣ת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	“the/this land where you have been living as a foreigner/outsider,”
1910	17:8	ooc1			אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	“{yes,} the entire land/region of Canaan,”
1911	17:8	bvrb			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּ֖ת עוֹלָ֑ם	1	“It will be their land/property forever,” or “They will own it forever,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1912	17:8	udkv			וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	“and I will be their God.” or “and I will be the God who takes care of them.” or “I will be the God whom they worship/serve.” See how you translated the phrase “be God to you” in verse 7.
1913	17:9	qzbp			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Then God continued,” Some languages leave out this quote margin, because God is still speaking to the same person. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 16:10-11.
1914	17:9	ognl			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה	1	“As for you,” or “Now as for your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement},” or “Your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement} is that”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about God’s part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abraham’s part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus.
1915	17:9	zstx			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר	1	“you must keep/obey {the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement,” or “you must obey me,”
1916	17:9	r3ok			אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥	1	“{both/including} you and” or “{That includes} you and” or “{That applies to} you as well as”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1917	17:9	uz7r			וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“{all} your descendants {who live} after you” or “{all} your offspring/descendants”
1918	17:9	uumy			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	“for/including {all} generations to come.” or “for/including {all} future generations.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8.
1919	17:10	grqg			זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י	1	“This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement” or “This is {one of the requirements of/in} my covenant/agreement”
1920	17:10	mdxu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“which you {all} must obey,” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural here.
1921	17:10	esro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“{the covenant/agreement that is} between me and you {all}, including” or “{the covenant/agreement I have made} with {all of} you, including”. The pronoun “you” is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household.
1922	17:10	bxe0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	“your descendants {who will live} after you:” or “{all} your descendants:” Notice that the pronouns “your” and “you” are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants {who will live after you}, which you {all} must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language.
1923	17:10	pe10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר	1	“You must circumcise all males {who live} among/with you.” or “You must cut off the {male} foreskin of every boy and man {who lives} among you.” Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the {male} skin” or “must follow the {male} skin cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons.
1924	17:11	mhww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“Yes, {all the males among} you must have your/their foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed/Yes, you must circumcise the foreskin of {all the males among} you”. Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10.
1925	17:11	c80d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	“and that {custom/practice} will serve as the sign {that reminds you} of this/my covenant/agreement {I made} with {all of} you.” or “and that {custom/practice} will remind/show {you all} that {I made} this/my covenant/agreement with you.” The pronoun “you” is plural here.
1926	17:12	pl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל	1	“{Every} eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised {by you},” or “So you must circumcise {every} eight-day-old baby boy,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language.
1927	17:12	c7zl			כָּל זָכָ֖ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{and} every {other} male” or “{as well as} all {other} males” (2) “{yes,} every male {child}”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males.
1928	17:12	rvqc			לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	“among your people”
1929	17:12	n2rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	“for all {future} generations,” It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all {future} generations you must circumcise {every} baby boy who is eight days old, {as well as} all {other} males among your people,...” Do what is best in your language.
1930	17:12	qqux			יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת	1	“{including} those/males {who are} born in your household/family” or “{That includes} those/males from your own household/family”. This phrase refers to Abraham’s future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines’ sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abraham’s servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1931	17:12	lsxb			וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	“and those whom you buy from foreigners {as slaves/servants}, who {are} not your offspring/descendants.” or “as well as those who {are} not your offspring/descendants but {are slaves/servants whom you} have bought from foreigners.”
1932	17:13	bi24			הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל	1	“{That’s right,} they must definitely be circumcised,” or “{Yes,} you must surely/definitely circumcise {all of} them,” This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language.
1933	17:13	zibc			יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	“{including} those/males who are born in your household as well as those/males whom you buy {as a slave/servant}.” or “{regardless of whether} they are sons/males from your own household/family or slaves/servants whom you have bought.” See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language.
1934	17:13	ojc7			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י	1	“That is how {the sign of} my covenant/agreement will/must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant/agreement”
1935	17:13	yepf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בִּ⁠בְשַׂרְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	“on your bodies”. The word “flesh” refers here to the body in general. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
1936	17:13	we4s			לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם	1	“to show that it is an everlasting/permanent covenant/agreement.” or “to show that it is a covenant/agreement that never ends.” See how you translated “an eternal covenant” in verse 7.
1937	17:14	sp1v			וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ	1	“But {as for} any/every male/man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a/any man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a/any man refuses to be circumcised,” In this context, “male” refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys.
1938	17:14	z5fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ	1	“that person must {be sent away and} not be allowed to associate/fellowship with his/my people” or “you must {send him away and} not allow him to associate/fellowship with his/my people”. The phrase “cut off from his people” is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here.
1939	17:14	x4d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הֵפַֽר	1	“{because} he has not kept/obeyed” or “{because} he has disobeyed”. This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like “broken” that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded.
1940	17:14	r1ku			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	“{the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement.” or “{what I require in} my covenant/agreement.”
1941	17:15	b4k2			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	“Later God {also} said to Abraham,” or “God {also} told Abraham,”
1942	17:15	d7gc			שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	“{As for} your wife Sarai,” This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language.
1943	17:15	zovk			לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י	1	“do not call her Sarai {anymore},” or “her name will no longer be Sarai,”
1944	17:15	fvai			כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ	1	“because {from now on} her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather/Instead, her name is {now} Sarah.” or “Rather, {from now on} it will be Sarah.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1945	17:16	m30z			וְ⁠גַ֨ם נָתַ֧תִּי מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה לְ⁠ךָ֖ בֵּ֑ן	1	“and I will definitely enable her to bear/have a son for you.” or “and I will definitely give you a son by her.”
1946	17:16	fk5z			וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	“In fact, I will bless/prosper her” or “Yes, I will bless/prosper her”
1947	17:16	sif8			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם	1	“so that she will become {the mother/ancestor of many} people/ethnic groups,” or “so much that she will {have many descendants that will} become/form {new/many} people/ethnic groups,” See how you translated “nations” in verses 4-6.
1948	17:16	gvvj			מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ	1	“and kings over peoples/nations will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will {even} be kings {who rule} over {many} people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6.
1949	17:17	w1xa			וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם	1	“{When} Abraham {heard that, he}”
1950	17:17	xnh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם עַל־פָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	“{When} Abraham {heard that, he} bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” or “Then Abraham prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 3.
1951	17:17	wr09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	“but he laughed {to himself} and thought,” or “but he laughed and thought to himself,” The phrase “said in his heart” is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here.
1952	17:17	d074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד	1	“How can a hundred-year-old man {like me/myself} father a son/child?” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man {like me} to father a son/child!” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man {like myself} cannot father a son/child, can he?” Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question.
1953	17:17	ld4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד	1	“And how can Sarah who is 90 years old {still} have a baby/child?” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to {still} bear/have a baby/child!” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot {still} give birth to a baby/child, can she?”
1954	17:18	zy6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	“Then/So Abraham/he said to God,”
1955	17:18	ro82			ל֥וּ יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל	1	“Oh, that Ishmael could/would” or “Please let Ishmael”. Consider what is the best way to express this strong wish or hope in your language.
1956	17:18	gi97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִחְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	“live/prosper in your presence!” or “be the one whom you bless!” This idiom means to live under God’s care and be blessed by him.
1957	17:19	ocod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	“God said/replied {to him},”

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw